Document:

EX-4.1.A

 Exhibit 4.1(a) 
 CDRV ACQUISITION CORPORATION 
 as Issuer 

and 
 the
Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time parties hereto 
 as Subsidiary Guarantors 

and 
 WELLS FARGO
BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 as Trustee 
 INDENTURE 
 DATED AS OF APRIL 7, 2004 

8% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2014 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

			
	 ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

		
	 Section 101.
	  	Definitions.
	 Section 102.
	  	Other Definitions.
	 Section 103.
	  	Rules of Construction
	 Section 104.
	  	Incorporation by Reference of TIA.
	 Section 105.
	  	Conflict with TIA
	 Section 106.
	  	Compliance Certificates and Opinions
	 Section 107.
	  	Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee
	 Section 108.
	  	Acts of Noteholders; Record Dates
	 Section 109.
	  	Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company
	 Section 110.
	  	Notices to Holders; Waiver
	 Section 111.
	  	Effect of Headings and Table of Contents
	 Section 112.
	  	Successors and Assigns
	 Section 113.
	  	Separability Clause
	 Section 114.
	  	Benefits of Indenture
	 Section 115.
	  	GOVERNING LAW
	 Section 116.
	  	Legal Holidays
	 Section 117.
	  	No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators and Stockholders
	 Section 118.
	  	Exhibits and Schedules
	 Section 119.
	  	Counterparts
	
	 ARTICLE II NOTE FORMS

		
	 Section 201.
	  	Forms Generally
	 Section 202.
	  	Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication
	 Section 203.
	  	Restrictive and Global Note Legends
	
	 ARTICLE III THE NOTES

		
	 Section 301.
	  	Title and Terms
	 Section 302.
	  	Denominations
	 Section 303.
	  	Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating
	 Section 304.
	  	Temporary Notes
	 Section 305.
	  	Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange
	 Section 306.
	  	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes
	 Section 307.
	  	Payment of Interest Rights Preserved
	 Section 308.
	  	Persons Deemed Owners
	 Section 309.
	  	Cancellation
	 Section 310.
	  	Computation of Interest
	 Section 311.
	  	CUSIP Numbers

			
	 Section 312.
	  	Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes
	 Section 313.
	  	Special Transfer Provisions
	 Section 314.
	  	Payment of Additional Interest
	
	 ARTICLE IV COVENANTS

		
	 Section 401.
	  	Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest
	 Section 402.
	  	Maintenance of Office or Agency
	 Section 403.
	  	Money for Payments to Be Held in Trust
	 Section 404.
	  	[Reserved.]
	 Section 405.
	  	SEC Reports
	 Section 406.
	  	Statement as to Default
	 Section 407.
	  	Limitation on Indebtedness
	 Section 408.
	  	Limitation on Layering
	 Section 409.
	  	Limitation on Restricted Payments
	 Section 410.
	  	Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries
	 Section 411.
	  	Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock
	 Section 412.
	  	Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates
	 Section 413.
	  	Limitation on Liens
	 Section 414.
	  	Future Subsidiary Guarantors
	 Section 415.
	  	Purchase of Notes Upon a Change in Control
	
	 ARTICLE V SUCCESSORS

		
	 Section 501.
	  	When the Company May Merge, etc
	 Section 502.
	  	Successor Company Substituted
	
	 ARTICLE VI REMEDIES

		
	 Section 601.
	  	Events of Default
	 Section 602.
	  	Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment
	 Section 603.
	  	Other Remedies; Collection Suit by Trustee
	 Section 604.
	  	Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	 Section 605.
	  	Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes
	 Section 606.
	  	Application of Money Collected
	 Section 607.
	  	Limitation on Suits
	 Section 608.
	  	Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest
	 Section 609.
	  	Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	 Section 610.
	  	Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	 Section 611.
	  	Delay or Omission Not Waiver
	 Section 612.
	  	Control by Holders
	 Section 613.
	  	Waiver of Past Defaults
	 Section 614.
	  	Undertaking for Costs
	 Section 615.
	  	Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws

  
 ii 

			
	 ARTICLE VII THE TRUSTEE

		
	 Section 701.
	  	Certain Duties and Responsibilities
	 Section 702.
	  	Notice of Defaults
	 Section 703.
	  	Certain Rights of Trustee
	 Section 704.
	  	Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes
	 Section 705.
	  	May Hold Notes
	 Section 706.
	  	Money Held in Trust
	 Section 707.
	  	Compensation and Reimbursement
	 Section 708.
	  	Conflicting Interests
	 Section 709.
	  	Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility
	 Section 710.
	  	Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor
	 Section 711.
	  	Acceptance of Appointment by Successor
	 Section 712.
	  	Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business
	 Section 713.
	  	Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company
	 Section 714.
	  	Appointment of Authenticating Agent
	
	 ARTICLE VIII HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY

		
	 Section 801.
	  	The Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders
	 Section 802.
	  	Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders
	 Section 803.
	  	Reports by Trustee
	
	 ARTICLE IX AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT OR WAIVER

		
	 Section 901.
	  	Without Consent of Holders
	 Section 902.
	  	With Consent of Holders.
	 Section 903.
	  	Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers
	 Section 904.
	  	Revocation and Effect of Consents
	 Section 905.
	  	Conformity with TIA
	 Section 906.
	  	Notation on or Exchange of Notes
	
	 ARTICLE X REDEMPTION OF NOTES

		
	 Section 1001.
	  	Right of Redemption
	 Section 1002.
	  	Applicability of Article
	 Section 1003.
	  	Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee
	 Section 1004.
	  	Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed
	 Section 1005.
	  	Notice of Redemption
	 Section 1006.
	  	Deposit of Redemption Price
	 Section 1007.
	  	Notes Payable on Redemption Date
	 Section 1008.
	  	Notes Redeemed in Part

  
 iii

			
	 ARTICLE XI SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

		
	 Section 1101.
	  	Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
	 Section 1102.
	  	Application of Trust Money
	
	 ARTICLE XII DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE

		
	 Section 1201.
	  	The Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	 Section 1202.
	  	Defeasance and Discharge
	 Section 1203.
	  	Covenant Defeasance
	 Section 1204.
	  	Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance
	 Section 1205.
	  	Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions
	 Section 1206.
	  	Reinstatement
	 Section 1207.
	  	Repayment to the Company
	
	 ARTICLE XIII SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

		
	 Section 1301.
	  	Guarantees Generally
	 Section 1302.
	  	Continuing Guarantees
	 Section 1303.
	  	Release of Subsidiary Guarantees
	 Section 1304.
	  	Agreement to Subordinate
	 Section 1305.
	  	Waiver of Subrogation
	 Section 1306.
	  	Notation Not Required
	 Section 1307.
	  	Successors and Assigns of Subsidiary Guarantors
	 Section 1308.
	  	Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantees
	 Section 1309.
	  	Notices
	
	 ARTICLE XIV SUBORDINATION

		
	 Section 1401.
	  	Agreement to Subordinate
	 Section 1402.
	  	Liquidation, Dissolution or Bankruptcy
	 Section 1403.
	  	Default on Senior Indebtedness
	 Section 1404.
	  	Acceleration of Payment of Notes
	 Section 1405.
	  	When a Distribution Must Be Paid Over
	 Section 1406.
	  	Subrogation
	 Section 1407.
	  	Relative Rights
	 Section 1408.
	  	Subordination May Not Be Impaired by the Company
	 Section 1409.
	  	Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent
	 Section 1410.
	  	Distribution or Notice to Representative
	 Section 1411.
	  	Article XIV Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate
	 Section 1412.
	  	Trust Moneys Not Subordinated
	 Section 1413.
	  	Trustee Entitled to Rely

  
 iv 

			
	 Section 1414.
	  	Trustee to Effectuate Subordination
	 Section 1415.
	  	Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness
	 Section 1416.
	  	Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness on Subordination Provisions
	 Section 1417.
	  	Trustee’s Compensation Not Prejudiced
	
	 ARTICLE XV SUBORDINATION OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

	 Section 1501.
	  	Agreement to Subordinate
	 Section 1502.
	  	Liquidation, Dissolution or Bankruptcy
	 Section 1503.
	  	Default on Senior Indebtedness
	 Section 1504.
	  	Acceleration of Payment of Notes
	 Section 1505.
	  	When a Distribution Must Be Paid Over
	 Section 1506.
	  	Subrogation
	 Section 1507.
	  	Relative Rights
	 Section 1508.
	  	Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Subsidiary Guarantors
	 Section 1509.
	  	Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent
	 Section 1510.
	  	Distribution or Notice to Representative
	 Section 1511.
	  	Article XV Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate
	 Section 1512.
	  	Trust Moneys Not Subordinated
	 Section 1513.
	  	Trustee Entitled to Rely
	 Section 1514.
	  	Trustee to Effectuate Subordination
	 Section 1515.
	  	Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness
	 Section 1516.
	  	Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness on Subordination Provisions
	 Section 1517.
	  	Trustee’s Compensation Not Prejudiced

  

			
		
	 Exhibit A
	  	Form of Note
	 Exhibit B
	  	Form of Certificate of Beneficial Ownership
	 Exhibit C
	  	Form of Regulation S Certificate
	 Exhibit D
	  	Form of Supplemental Indenture for Subsidiary Guarantees
	 Exhibit E
	  	Form of Supplemental Indenture for Mergers
	 Exhibit F
	  	Form of Certificate from Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investors

  
 v 

 Certain Sections of this Indenture relating to Sections 310 through 318 

inclusive of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939: 
  

					
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	Indenture Section	 
	 § 310(a) (1)
	  	 	709	  
	 (a) (2)
	  	 	709	  
	 (a) (3)
	  	 	Not Applicable	  
	 (a) (4)
	  	 	Not Applicable	  
	 (b)
	  	 	708	  
	 § 311(a)
	  	 	713	  
	 (b)
	  	 	713	  
	 (b) (2)
	  	 	803	  
	 § 312(a)
	  	 	801	  
		  	 	802	  
	 (b)
	  	 	802	  
	 (c)
	  	 	802	  
	 § 313(a)
	  	 	803	  
	 (b)
	  	 	803	  
	 (c)
	  	 	803	  
	 (d)
	  	 	803	  
	 § 314(a)
	  	 	405	  
	 (a) (4)
	  	 	106	  
		  	 	406	  
	 (b)
	  	 	Not Applicable	  
	 (c) (1)
	  	 	106	  
	 (c) (2)
	  	 	106	  
	 (c) (3)
	  	 	Not Applicable	  
	 (d)
	  	 	Not Applicable	  
	 (e)
	  	 	106	  
	 § 315(a)
	  	 	701	  
	 (b)
	  	 	702	  
		  	 	803	  
	 (c)
	  	 	701	  
	 (d)
	  	 	701	  
	 (d) (1)
	  	 	701	  
	 (d) (2)
	  	 	701	  
	 (d) (3)
	  	 	612	  
	 (e)
	  	 	614	  

  
 vi 

  

			September 30,			September 30,	
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	    	Indenture Section	 
	 § 316(a)
	 		    	 	612	  
		 		    	 	613	  
	 (a)
	 	(1)(A)	    	 	602	  
		 		    	 	612	  
	 (a)
	 	(1)(B)	    	 	613	  
	 (a)
	 	(2)	    	 	Not Applicable	  
	 (b)
	 		    	 	608	  
	 (c)
	 		    	 	104	  
	 § 317(a)
	 	(1)	    	 	603	  
	 (a)
	 	(2)	    	 	604	  
	 (b)
	 		    	 	403	  
	 § 318(a)
	 		    	 	107	  

  
 This cross-reference table shall not for any purpose be deemed to be part of this Indenture. 

  
 vii

	 	                   INDENTURE, dated as of April 7, 2004 (as amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Indenture”), among CDRV Acquisition Corporation, a corporation organized under the laws of the state of Delaware, as issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time
parties hereto, as Subsidiary Guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as Trustee. 

 RECITALS OF THE COMPANY 
 The Company has duly authorized the
execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of the Notes. 
 All things necessary to
make the Original Notes, when executed and delivered by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder and duly issued by the Company, the valid several obligations of the Company, and to make this Indenture a valid agreement
of the Company, in accordance with the terms of the Original Notes and this Indenture, have been done. 
 NOW,
THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH: 
 For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes
by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed, for the benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows: 
 ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS 
 OF GENERAL APPLICATION 
  
 Section 101.
Definitions. 
 “Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person
(i) existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary or (ii) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation
of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary or such acquisition. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to be Incurred on the date of the related acquisition of assets from any Person or the date the acquired Person becomes a Subsidiary. 

“Acquisition” means the acquisition by the Company of (i) all of the outstanding capital
stock of VWR International Corporation and (ii) approximately 4% of the outstanding equity ownership interests of Immobilien, in each case pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 15, 2004, by and among the
Company, Merck KGaA, Merck Holding GmbH, VWR International Holding Europe GmbH and EMD Chemicals, Inc. 

 “Additional Assets” means (i) any property or
assets that replace the property or assets that are the subject of an Asset Disposition; (ii) any property or assets (other than Indebtedness and Capital Stock) to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in a Related Business;
(iii) the Capital Stock of a Person that is engaged in a Related Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; or
(iv) Capital Stock of any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary acquired from a third party. 
 “Additional Notes” means any notes issued under this Indenture in addition to the Original Notes (other than any Notes issued pursuant to Section 304, 305, 306,
312(c), 312(d) or 1008). 
 “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any
other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the
power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have
meanings correlative to the foregoing. 
 “Asset Disposition” means any sale, lease, transfer
or other disposition of shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares, or (in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary) to the extent required by applicable law), property or other assets (each referred to
for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction), other than (i) a
disposition to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) a disposition in the ordinary course of business, (iii) the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms) of
accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable, (iv) any Restricted Payment Transaction, (v) a disposition that is
governed by Article V, (vi) any Financing Disposition, (vii) any “fee in lieu” or other disposition of assets to any governmental authority or agency that continue in use by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary, so long as the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may obtain title to such assets upon reasonable notice by paying a nominal fee, (viii) any exchange of like property pursuant to Section 1031 (or any successor section)
of the Code, or any exchange of equipment to be used in a Related Business, (ix) any financing transaction with respect to property built or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including any
sale/leaseback transaction or asset securitization, (x) any disposition arising from foreclosure, condemnation or similar action with respect to any property or other assets, (xi) any disposition of Capital Stock,
Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (xii) a disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), entered into in connection with such acquisition,
(xiii) a disposition of not more than 5% of the outstanding Capital Stock of a Foreign Subsidiary that has been approved by the Board of Directors, or (xiv) any disposition or series of related dispositions for aggregate
consideration not to exceed $5.0 million. 

  
 2 

 “Authenticating Agent” means any Person authorized by the
Trustee pursuant to Section 714 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes of one or more series. 
 “Bank Indebtedness” means any and all amounts, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred, payable under or in respect of any Credit Facility, including principal,
premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in
such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees, other monetary obligations of any nature and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof. 

“Board of Directors” means the board of directors or other governing body of the Company or, if the
Company is owned or managed by a single entity, the board of directors or other governing body of such entity or, in either case, any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board or governing body. 

“Borrowing Base” means the sum (determined as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for
which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available) of (1) 60% of Inventory of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and (2) 85% of Receivables of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 “Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial
banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City. 
 “Capital
Stock” of any Person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase, warrants or options for, or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt
securities convertible into such equity. 
 “Capitalized Lease Obligation” means an obligation
that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. The Stated Maturity of any Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other
amount due under the related lease. 
 “Cash Equivalents” means any of the following:
(a) securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States Government or any agency or instrumentality thereof, (b) time deposits, certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of (i) any
lender under the Senior Credit Agreement or any affiliate thereof or (ii) any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and the commercial paper of the holding company of which is rated at least A-1 or the
equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at such time neither is issuing ratings, then a comparable rating of another nationally recognized rating agency), (c) commercial paper rated
at least A-1 or the equivalent 

  
 3 

 
thereof by S&P or at least P-1 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at such time neither is issuing ratings, then a comparable rating of another nationally recognized rating
agency), (d) investments in money market funds subject to the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 or any successor rule of the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and (e) investments similar to any of
the foregoing denominated in foreign currencies approved by the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the items described in clauses (b)(i) and (e) of this definition shall not constitute “Cash
Equivalents” in determining whether Senior Indebtedness has been paid in Cash Equivalents for purposes of the provisions of Article XIV or Article XV. 

“CDR” means Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, Inc. 

“CDR Fund VI” means Clayton, Dubilier & Rice Fund VI Limited Partnership, a Cayman Islands
exempted limited partnership, and any successor in interest thereto. 
 “CDRV Acquisition”
means CDRV Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto. 

“CDRV Delaware” means CDRV Delaware, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest
thereto. 
 “CDRV International Holdings” means CDRV International Holdings I, Inc. (to be
renamed CDRV International Holdings, Inc.), a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto. 

“CDRV Investors” means CDRV Investors, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest
thereto. 
 “Change of Control” means: 

 

	 	(i)	 any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders or a Parent,
becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, provided that (x) so
long as the Company is a Subsidiary of any Parent, no “person” shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company unless such “person”
shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any
case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such “person” is the “beneficial owner”; 

  

	 	(ii)	 the Company merges or consolidates with or into, or sells or transfers (in one or a series of related transactions) all or substantially all of the
assets of the Company 

  
 4 

	 	 
and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, another Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) and any “person” (as defined in clause (i) above), other than one or more Permitted
Holders or any Parent, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as so defined), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or the transferee
Person in such sale or transfer of assets, as the case may be, provided that (x) so long as such surviving or transferee Person is a Subsidiary of a parent Person, no “person” shall be deemed to be or become a
“beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person unless such “person” shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting
power of the Voting Stock of such parent Person and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such “person” is the
beneficial owner; or 

  

	 	(iii)	 during any period of two consecutive years (during which period the Company has been a party to this Indenture), individuals who at the beginning of
such period were members of the board of directors of the Company (together with any new members thereof whose election by such board of directors or whose nomination for election by holders of Capital Stock of the Company was approved by one or
more Permitted Holders or by a vote of a majority of the members of such board of directors then still in office who were either members thereof at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved)
cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such board of directors then in office. 

 Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in the foregoing, the Transactions shall not constitute or give rise to a “Change of Control.” 
 “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency. 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

“Commodities Agreements” means, in respect of a Person, any commodity futures contract, forward
contract, option or similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or beneficiary. 
 “Company” means (i) CDRV Acquisition, until its merger with VWR International, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, and thereafter (ii) VWR International, Inc., a
Pennsylvania corporation, until its reincorporation as a Delaware corporation, and thereafter (iii) VWR International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto. 

  
 5 

 “Company Request”, “Company Order” and
“Company Consent” mean, respectively, a written request, order or consent signed in the name of the Company by an Officer of the Company. 
 “Consolidated Coverage Ratio,” as of any date of determination, means the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available to (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense
for such four fiscal quarters (in each of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), determined for each fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) of the four fiscal quarters ending prior to the Issue Date, on a pro forma basis to give effect to the
Acquisition as if it had occurred at the beginning of such four-quarter period); provided, that 
 (1) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Indebtedness that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to
the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as
if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the date of such calculation shall be computed based on
(A) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (B) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal
quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation), 

(2) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has repaid,
repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged any Indebtedness that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination (each, a “Discharge”) or if the transaction giving rise to the need to
calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio involves a Discharge of Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid), Consolidated EBITDA and
Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such Discharge had occurred on the
first day of such period, 
 (3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary shall have disposed of any company, any business or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such disposition, a “Sale”), the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by
an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets that are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if 

  
 6 

 
negative) attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to (A) the Consolidated Interest Expense
attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection
with such Sale for such period (including through the assumption of such Indebtedness by another Person) plus (B) if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period
attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such Sale, 

(4) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger,
consolidation or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any Person that thereby becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or otherwise acquired any company, any business or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business, including any
such Investment or acquisition occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder (any such Investment or acquisition, a “Purchase”), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such
period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any related Indebtedness) as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period, and 

(5) if since the beginning of such period any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or
consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and since the beginning of such period such Person shall have Discharged any Indebtedness or made any Sale or Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2),
(3) or (4) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such
Discharge, Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period. 
 For purposes of this definition,
whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, or the amount of income or earnings relating thereto and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness Incurred or repaid,
repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations in respect thereof (including in respect of anticipated cost savings or synergies relating to any such Sale,
Purchase or other transaction) shall be as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest
expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness). If any
Indebtedness bears, at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, a rate of interest based on a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate or other fixed or floating rate, and such Indebtedness is being given pro
forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated by applying 

  
 7 

 
such optional rate as the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may designate. If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect was Incurred under a revolving credit facility, the
interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate determined in
good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, the Consolidated Net Income for such period, plus
the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) provision for all taxes (whether or not paid, estimated or accrued) based on income, profits or capital, (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense
and any Receivables Fees, (iii) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and intangibles and amortization and write-off of financing costs) and all other non-cash charges or non-cash losses, (iv) any
expenses or charges related to any Equity Offering, Investment or Indebtedness permitted by this Indenture (whether or not consummated or incurred) and (v) the amount of any minority interest expense. 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, (i) the total interest expense of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, net of any interest income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including any such interest expense consisting of
(a) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations, (b) amortization of debt discount, (c) interest in respect of Indebtedness of any other Person that has been Guaranteed by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary, but only to the extent that such interest is actually paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (d) non-cash interest expense, (e) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation and
(f) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, plus (ii) Preferred Stock dividends paid in cash in respect of Disqualified Stock of
the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and minus (iii) to the extent otherwise included in such interest expense referred to in clause (i) above, amortization or write-off of financing costs,
in each case under clauses (i) through (iii) as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided, that gross interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Agreements. 
 “Consolidated Net
Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends;
provided that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income: 
 (i) any net
income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that (A) subject to the limitations contained in clause (iii) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period
shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount actually distributed by such 

  
 8 

 
Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to
the limitations contained in clause (ii) below) and (B) the Company’s equity in the net loss of such Person shall be included to the extent of the aggregate Investment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in
such Person, 
 (ii) any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary
Guarantor if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company by operation of the
terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders (other than
(x) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released, (y) restrictions pursuant to the Senior Notes, the Notes, the Senior Indenture or this Indenture and (z) restrictions in effect on the Issue Date with
respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and other restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary that taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Noteholders than such restrictions in effect on the Issue Date), except that
(A) subject to the limitations contained in clause (iii) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate
amount of any dividend or distribution that was or that could have been made by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (subject, in the case of a dividend that could have been made to another
Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause) and (B) the net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary shall be included to the extent of the aggregate Investment of the Company or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries
in such Restricted Subsidiary, 
 (iii) any gain or loss realized upon the sale or other
disposition of any asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of
Directors), 
 (iv) any item classified as an extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss
or charge (including fees, expenses and charges associated with the Transactions and any acquisition, merger or consolidation after the Issue Date), 

(v) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles, 

(vi) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid in connection with any early
extinguishment of Indebtedness, 
 (vii) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of Currency
Agreements, 

  
 9 

 (viii) any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or
losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person, 
 (ix) any non-cash compensation charge arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards, and 

(x) to the extent otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income, any unrealized foreign currency
translation or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary. 

In the case of any unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss or charge not included in Consolidated Net Income pursuant to
clause (iv) above in any determination thereof, the Company will deliver an Officer’s Certificate to the Trustee promptly after the date on which Consolidated Net Income is so determined, setting forth the nature and amount of such unusual
or nonrecurring gain, loss or charge. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purpose of Section 409(a)(3)(A) only, there shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income, without duplication, any dividends, repayments of loans or advances
or other transfers of assets from Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such dividends, repayments or transfers are applied by the Company to increase the amount of Restricted Payments permitted under
Section 409(a)(3)(C) or (D). 
 “Consolidated Tangible Assets” means, as of
any date of determination, the total assets less the goodwill, net, and other intangible assets, net, in each case shown on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the most recent date for which such a
balance sheet is available, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (and, in the case of any determination relating to any Incurrence of Indebtedness or any Investment, on a pro forma basis including any property or assets
being acquired in connection therewith); provided that for purposes of Section 407(b), Section 411 and the definition of “Permitted Investment,” Consolidated Tangible Assets shall not be less than $945.6
million. 
 “Consolidation” means the consolidation of the accounts of each of the Restricted
Subsidiaries with those of the Company in accordance with GAAP; provided that “Consolidation” will not include consolidation of the accounts of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in any Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an investment. The term “Consolidated” has a correlative meaning. 
 “Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office on the Issue Date is located at
213 Court Street; Suite 703; Middletown, CT 06457. 
 “Credit Facilities” means one or more of
(i) the Senior Credit Facility and (ii) other facilities or arrangements designated by the Company, in each case with one or more banks 

  
 10 

 
or other institutions providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financings (including through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities
formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the
foregoing, including any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledge agreements,
security agreements and collateral documents, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to
time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original banks or other institutions or other banks or other institutions or otherwise, and whether provided under any original Credit Facility or one or more other credit agreements, indentures,
financing agreements or other Credit Facilities or otherwise). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred
thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or
(iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof. 
 “Currency Agreement”
means, in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangements (including derivative agreements or arrangements) as to which such Person is a party or a beneficiary. 

“Default” means any event or condition that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an
Event of Default. 
 “Depositary” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and
successors. 
 “Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash
consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such
valuation. 
 “Designated Senior Indebtedness” means with respect to a Person
(i) the Bank Indebtedness under or in respect of the Senior Credit Facility and (ii) any other Senior Indebtedness of such Person that, at the date of determination, has an aggregate principal amount equal to or under which,
at the date of determination, the holders thereof are committed to lend up to, at least $15.0 million and is specifically designated by such Person in an agreement or instrument evidencing or governing such Senior Indebtedness as “Designated
Senior Indebtedness” for purposes of this Indenture. 
 “Disinterested Director” means,
with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, a member of the Board of Directors having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of the Board of Directors shall not be deemed to have
such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Capital Stock. 

  
 11 

 “Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any
Capital Stock (other than Management Stock) that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable or exercisable) or upon the happening of any event (other than following the occurrence of a
Change of Control or other similar event described under such terms as a “change of control,” or an Asset Disposition) (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise,
(ii) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or (iii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than following the occurrence of a Change of Control or other similar event
described under such terms as a “change of control,” or an Asset Disposition), in whole or in part, in each case on or prior to the final Stated Maturity of the Notes. 

“Dollars” or “$” means dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

 “Domestic Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than a Foreign
Subsidiary. 
 “Equity Offering” means a sale of Capital Stock (x) that is a sale
of Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock), or (y) proceeds of which in an amount equal to or exceeding the Redemption Amount are contributed to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. 

“Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System, or any successor
securities clearing agency. 
 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended. 
 “Exchange Notes” means the Company’s 8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2014,
containing terms substantially identical to the Initial Notes or any Initial Additional Notes (except that (i) such Exchange Notes may omit terms with respect to transfer restrictions and may be registered under the Securities Act, and
(ii) certain provisions relating to an increase in the stated rate of interest thereon may be eliminated), that are issued and exchanged for (a) the Initial Notes, as provided for in a registration rights agreement relating
to such Initial Notes and this Indenture, or (b) such Initial Additional Notes as may be provided in any registration rights agreement relating to such Additional Notes and this Indenture (including any amendment or supplement hereto).

 “Excluded Contribution” means Net Cash Proceeds, or the Fair Market Value of property or
assets, received by the Company as capital contributions to the Company after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, in each case to the
extent designated as an Excluded Contribution pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate of the Company and not previously included in the calculation set forth in Section 409(a)(3)(B)(x) for purposes of determining whether a Restricted
Payment may be made. 

  
 12 

 “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or
property, the fair market value of such asset or property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination will be conclusive. 
 “Financing Disposition” means any sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of property or assets by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof to any Receivables Entity, or by any
Receivables Subsidiary, in each case in connection with the Incurrence by a Receivables Entity of Indebtedness, or obligations to make payments to the obligor on Indebtedness, which may be secured by a Lien in respect of such property or assets.

 “Foreign Subsidiary” means (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is
not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (b) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that has no material assets other than securities or Indebtedness of one or
more Foreign Subsidiaries, and other assets relating to an ownership interest in any such securities, Indebtedness or Subsidiaries. 
 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Issue Date (for purposes of the definitions of the terms “Consolidated
Coverage Ratio,” “Consolidated EBITDA,” “Consolidated Interest Expense,” “Consolidated Net Income” and “Consolidated Tangible Assets,” all defined terms in this Indenture to the extent used in or relating
to any of the foregoing definitions, and all ratios and computations based on any of the foregoing definitions) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Indenture), including those set forth in the opinions and
pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by
a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity with GAAP. 

“Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly
guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person; provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee”
used as a verb has a corresponding meaning. 
 “Guarantor Subordinated Obligations” means, with
respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under
its Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement. 

  
 13 

 “Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations
of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodities Agreement. 

“Holder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the
Note Register. 
 “Holding” means CDRV Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any
successor in interest thereto. 
 “Immobilien” means VWR International Immobilien GmbH, a
German company, and any successor in interest thereto. 
 “Incur” means issue, assume, enter
into any Guarantee of, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided, however, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or
otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value and the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an
Incurrence of Indebtedness. Any Indebtedness issued at a discount (including Indebtedness on which interest is payable through the issuance of additional Indebtedness) shall be deemed Incurred at the time of original issuance of the Indebtedness at
the initial accreted amount thereof. 
 “Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any
date of determination (without duplication): 
  

	 	(i)	 the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, 

 

	 	(ii)	 the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, 

 

	 	(iii)	 all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit or other similar instruments (the amount of such obligations being
equal at any time to the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such letters of credit or other instruments plus the aggregate amount of drawings thereunder that have not then been reimbursed), 

 

	 	(iv)	 all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except Trade Payables), which purchase price is due more
than one year after the date of placing such property in final service or taking final delivery and title thereto, 

  

	 	(v)	 all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person, 

  

	 	(vi)	 the redemption, repayment or other repurchase amount of such Person with respect to any Disqualified Stock of such Person or (if such Person is a
Subsidiary of the 

  
 14 

	 	 
Company other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) any Preferred Stock of such Subsidiary, but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends (the amount of such obligation to be equal at any time to the
maximum fixed involuntary redemption, repayment or repurchase price for such Capital Stock, or if less (or if such Capital Stock has no such fixed price), to the involuntary redemption, repayment or repurchase price therefor calculated in accordance
with the terms thereof as if then redeemed, repaid or repurchased, and if such price is based upon or measured by the fair market value of such Capital Stock, such fair market value shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or
the board of directors or other governing body of the issuer of such Capital Stock), 

  

	 	(vii)	 all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person;
provided that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (B) the amount of
such Indebtedness of such other Persons, 

  

	 	(viii)	 all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of other Persons, to the extent so Guaranteed by such Person, and 

 

	 	(ix)	 to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net Hedging Obligations of such Person (the amount of any such obligation to be equal at
any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time). 

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be determined as set forth above or otherwise provided in this
Indenture, or otherwise shall equal the amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person (excluding any notes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP. 

“Initial Additional Notes” means Additional Notes issued in an offering not registered under the
Securities Act (and any Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304, 305, 306, 312(c), 312(d) or 1008). 

“Initial Notes” means the Company’s 8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2014, issued on the Issue Date
(and any Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304, 305, 306, 312(c), 312(d) or 1008). 
 “interest,” with respect to the Notes, means interest on the Notes and, except for purposes of Article IX, additional or special interest pursuant to the terms of any Note.

 “Interest Payment Date” means, when used with respect to any Note and any installment of
interest thereon, the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on which such installment of interest is due and payable, as set forth in such Note. 

  
 15 

 “Interest Rate Agreement” means, with respect to any
Person, any interest rate protection agreement, future agreement, option agreement, swap agreement, cap agreement, collar agreement, hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to
which such Person is party or a beneficiary. 
 “Inventory” means goods held for sale or lease
by a Person in the ordinary course of business, net of any reserve for goods that have been segregated by such Person to be returned to the applicable vendor for credit, as determined in accordance with GAAP. 

“Investment” in any Person by any other Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan or other
extension of credit (other than to customers, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any Person in the ordinary course of business) or capital contribution (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for
property or services for the account or use of others) to, or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and
Section 409 only, (i) “Investment” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at
the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an
Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity
interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its fair market value at
the time of such transfer, and (iii) in each case under clause (i) or (ii) above, fair market value shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors. Guarantees shall not be deemed to be Investments. The amount of
any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced (at the Company’s option) by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount or value received in respect
of such Investment; provided, that to the extent that the amount of Restricted Payments outstanding at any time is so reduced by any portion of any such amount or value that would otherwise be included in the calculation of Consolidated Net
Income, such portion of such amount or value shall not be so included for purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to Section 409(a). 

“Investors” means (a) CDR Fund VI, (b) any of SSB Capital Partners (Master Fund)
I, L.P., CGI Private Equity L.P., LLC, Banc of America Capital Investors, L.P., the partners of or other investors in CDR Fund VI, and any of the respective Affiliates of SSB Capital Partners (Master Fund) I, L.P., CGI Private Equity L.P., LLC, Banc
of America Capital Investors, L.P. or of any such partner or investor, that is or becomes a holder of Voting Stock of CDRV Investors prior to the first anniversary of the Issue Date, (c) any Person that directly or indirectly acquires
Voting Stock of CDRV Investors from CDR Fund VI (including by way of issuance of Voting Stock by CDRV Investors in connection with its repurchase, redemption or other retirement of Voting Stock thereof owned by CDR Fund VI) prior to the first
anniversary 

  
 16 

 of the Issue Date, in an aggregate amount not exceeding (as to all such Persons) ten percent
(10%) of the Voting Stock of CDRV Investors owned by CDR Fund VI on the Issue Date, and any Affiliate of any such Person, and (d) any of their respective successors in interest. 

“Issue Date” means the first date on which Initial Notes are issued. 

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including
any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof). 
 “Management
Advances” means (1) loans or advances made to directors, officers or employees of any Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (x) in respect of travel, entertainment or moving-related expenses incurred in
the ordinary course of business, (y) in respect of moving-related expenses incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility, or (z) in the ordinary course of business and (in the case of this clause
(z)) not exceeding $5.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time, (2) promissory notes of Management Investors acquired in connection with the issuance of Management Stock to such Management Investors, (3) Management
Guarantees, or (4) other Guarantees of borrowings by Management Investors in connection with the purchase of Management Stock, which Guarantees are permitted under Section 407. 

“Management Agreements” means, collectively, (i) the Stock Subscription Agreements, each
dated as of the Issue Date, between CDRV Investors and each of CDR Fund VI, SSB Capital Partners (Master Fund) I, L.P., CGI Private Equity L.P., LLC and Banc of America Capital Investors, L.P., (ii) the Consulting Agreement, dated as of
the Issue Date, among CDRV Investors, Holding, CDRV Acquisition, CDRV Delaware and CDR, (iii) the Indemnification Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among CDRV Investors, Holding, CDRV Acquisition, CDRV Delaware, CDR and CDR Fund VI,
and (iv) the Registration and Participation Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among CDRV Investors, CDR Fund VI, SSB Capital Partners (Master Fund) I, L.P., CGI Private Equity L.P., LLC, Banc of America Capital Investors, L.P. and
any other Person party thereto from time to time, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and of the applicable Indenture. 

“Management Guarantees” means guarantees (x) of up to an aggregate principal amount
outstanding at any time of $20.0 million of borrowings by Management Investors in connection with their purchase of Management Stock or (y) made on behalf of, or in respect of loans or advances made to, directors, officers or employees
of any Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (1) in respect of travel, entertainment and moving-related expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business, or (2) in the ordinary course of business and (in the
case of this clause (2)) not exceeding $5.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time. 

“Management Investors” means the officers, directors, employees and other members of the management of
any Parent, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or family members or relatives thereof (provided that, solely for purposes of the definition of 

  
 17 

 “Permitted Holders,” such relatives shall include only those Persons who are or
become Management Investors in connection with estate planning for or inheritance from other Management Investors, as determined in good faith by the Company, which determination shall be conclusive), or trusts, partnerships or limited liability
companies for the benefit of any of the foregoing, or any of their heirs, executors, successors and legal representatives, who at any date beneficially own or have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, Capital Stock of the Company or any
Parent. 
 “Management Stock” means Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent (including any
options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof) held by any of the Management Investors. 

“Merger Supplemental Indenture” means a Supplemental Indenture substantially in the form attached hereto
as Exhibit E, to be entered into in connection with each of (i) the merger of CDRV Acquisition with and into VWR International, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, with VWR International, Inc. as the surviving corporation and
(ii) the reincorporation of VWR International, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, as a Delaware corporation. 
 “Mergers” means the collective reference to (i) the merger of VWR International Corporation with and into VWR International, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, with VWR
International, Inc. as the surviving corporation, (ii) the merger of CDRV Acquisition with and into VWR International, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, with VWR International, Inc. as the surviving corporation, and (iii) the
reincorporation of VWR International, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, as a Delaware corporation. 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors. 

“Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received (including any cash payments
received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of
Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of (i) all legal, title and recording tax expenses,
commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Disposition (including as a consequence of any
transfer of funds in connection with the application thereof in accordance with Section 411), (ii) all payments made, and all installment payments required to be made, on any Indebtedness that is secured by any assets subject
to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or that must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset
Disposition, (iii) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition, or to any other Person (other than the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and (iv) any liabilities or obligations associated with 

  
 18 

 
the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition, including pension and other post-employment benefit
liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters, and liabilities relating to any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Disposition. 
 “Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of any securities of the Company or any Subsidiary by the Company or any Subsidiary, or any capital contribution, means the cash
proceeds of such issuance, sale or contribution net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in connection
with such issuance, sale or contribution and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof. 

“Non-U.S. Person” means a Person who is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S. 

“Notes” means the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes, the Exchange Notes and any notes issued in
respect thereof pursuant to Section 304, 305, 306, 312(c), 312(d) or 1008. 
 “Officer” means, with respect to the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes, the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any
Vice President, the Controller, the Treasurer or the Secretary (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity (or any other individual designated as an “Officer” for
the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors). 
 “Officer’s Certificate”
means, with respect to the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person. 
 “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee.

 “Original Notes” means the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor.

 “Outstanding,” when used with respect to Notes means, as of the date of determination, all
Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except: 
 (i) Notes
theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; 
 (ii) Notes
for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Notes, provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such
redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and 

  
 19 

 (iii) Notes in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes
have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture. 
 A Note does not cease to be Outstanding
because the Company or any Affiliate of the Company holds the Note, provided that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite amount of Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or
waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee
establishes to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. 

“Parent” means any of Holding, CDRV Investors, CDRV International Holdings, and any other Person that is
a Subsidiary of Holding or CDRV Investors and of which the Company is a Subsidiary. 
 “Parent
Expenses” means (i) costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by any Parent in connection with its reporting obligations under, or in connection with compliance with, applicable laws or applicable rules of
any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, the Senior Indenture, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including in respect of any
reports filed with respect to the Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (ii) expenses incurred by any Parent or any Subsidiary of any Parent in connection with any investment in
equity ownership interests of Immobilien, (iii) indemnification obligations of any Parent owing to directors, officers, employees or other Persons under its charter or by-laws or pursuant to written agreements with any such Person, or
obligations in respect of director and officer insurance (including premiums therefor), (iv) other operational expenses of any Parent incurred in the ordinary course of business, and (v) fees and expenses incurred by any
Parent in connection with any offering of Capital Stock or Indebtedness (x) where the net proceeds of such offering are intended to be received by or contributed or loaned to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or (y) in
a prorated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received, contributed or loaned, or (z) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as any Parent shall
cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed. 
 “Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Notes on behalf of the Company; provided that neither the
Company nor any of its Affiliates shall act as Paying Agent for purposes of Section 1102 or Section 1205. The Trustee will initially act as Paying Agent for the Notes. 

  
 20 

 “Permitted Holder” means any of the following:
(i) any of the Investors, Management Investors, CDR and their respective Affiliates; (ii) any investment fund or vehicle managed, sponsored or advised by CDR or any Investor or Affiliate thereof, and any Affiliate of or
successor to any such investment fund or vehicle; (iii) any limited or general partners of, or other investors in, any Investor or Affiliate thereof, or any such investment fund or vehicle; and (iv) any Person acting in the
capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of any Parent or the Company. 
 “Permitted Investment” means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in, or consisting of, any of the following: 

(i) a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company, or a Person that will, upon the making of such Investment,
become a Restricted Subsidiary; 
 (ii) another Person if as a result of such Investment such
other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; 

(iii) Temporary Cash Investments or Cash Equivalents; 

(iv) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary
course of business; 
 (v) any securities or other Investments received as consideration in, or
retained in connection with, sales or other dispositions of property or assets, including Asset Dispositions made in compliance with Section 411; 

(vi) securities or other Investments received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of
business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of judgments, including in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding or other reorganization of
another Person; 
 (vii) Investments in existence or made pursuant to legally binding written
commitments in existence on the Issue Date; 
 (viii) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate
Agreements, Commodities Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 407; 
 (ix) pledges or deposits (x) with respect to leases or utilities provided to third parties in the ordinary course of business or (y) otherwise described in the definition of
“Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under Section 413; 

  
 21 

 (x) (1) Investments in any Receivables
Subsidiary, or in connection with a Financing Disposition by or to any Receivables Entity, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Financing Disposition or any related Indebtedness, or
(2) any promissory note issued by the Company or any Parent, provided that if such Parent receives cash from the relevant Receivables Entity in exchange for such note, an equal cash amount is contributed by any Parent to the
Company; 
 (xi) bonds secured by assets leased to and operated by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary that were issued in connection with the financing of such assets so long as the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may obtain title to such assets at any time by paying a nominal fee, canceling such bonds and terminating the
transaction; 
 (xii) Notes or Senior Notes; 

(xiii) any Investment to the extent made using Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified
Stock), or Capital Stock of any Parent, as consideration; 
 (xiv) Management Advances; and

 (xv) other Investments in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed 5% of
Consolidated Tangible Assets. 
 “Permitted Liens” means: 

(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet delinquent or the nonpayment of
which in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect
thereto are maintained on the books of the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, as the case may be, in accordance with GAAP; 
 (b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations
that are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are bonded or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings; 

(c) pledges, deposits or Liens in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and
other social security and other similar legislation or other insurance-related obligations (including pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements); 

(d) pledges, deposits or Liens to secure the performance of bids, tenders, trade, government or other
contracts (other than for borrowed money), obligations for utilities, leases, licenses, statutory obligations, completion guarantees, surety, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, other similar bonds, instruments or obligations, and other
obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; 

  
 22 

 (e) easements (including reciprocal easement agreements),
rights-of-way, building, zoning and similar restrictions, utility agreements, covenants, reservations, restrictions, encroachments, charges, and other similar encumbrances or title defects incurred, or leases or subleases granted to others, in the
ordinary course of business, which do not in the aggregate materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; 

(f) Liens existing on, or provided for under written arrangements existing on, the Issue Date, or (in the
case of any such Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries existing or arising under written arrangements existing on the Issue Date) securing any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness so long as the
Lien securing such Refinancing Indebtedness is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or under such written arrangements
could secure) the original Indebtedness; 
 (g) (i) mortgages, liens, security
interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has easement rights or on any
leased property and subordination or similar agreements relating thereto and (ii) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property; 

(h) Liens securing Hedging Obligations, Purchase Money Obligations or Capitalized Lease Obligations
Incurred in compliance with Section 407; 
 (i) Liens arising out of judgments,
decrees, orders or awards in respect of which the Company shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review, which appeal or proceedings shall not have been finally terminated, or if the period within which such appeal or
proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired; 
 (j) leases, subleases, licenses or
sublicenses to third parties; 
 (k) Liens securing (1) Indebtedness Incurred in
compliance with Section 407(b)(i), Section 407(b)(iv), Section 407(b)(vii), Section 407(b)(viii)(E), Section 407(b)(x), Section 407(b)(xi), or Section 407(b)(iii)
(other than Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of Indebtedness described in Section 407(a)), (2) Bank Indebtedness, (3) the Notes, (4) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a
Subsidiary Guarantor, (5) Indebtedness or other obligations of any Receivables Entity or (6) obligations in respect of Management Advances or Management Guarantees; 

  
 23 

 (l) Liens existing on property or assets of a Person at the
time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company (or at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property or assets, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Liens are not created in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property or assets), and that such Liens are limited
to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the
obligations to which such Liens relate; 
 (m) Liens on Capital Stock or other securities of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary; 
 (n) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call agreements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

 (o) Liens securing Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness secured
by, or securing any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (in whole or in part) of any other obligation secured by, any other Permitted Liens, provided that any such new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property
or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens
relate; and 
 (p) Liens (1) arising by operation of law (or by agreement to the same
effect) in the ordinary course of business, (2) on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property
or assets, (3) on receivables (including related rights), (4) on cash set aside at the time of the incurrence of any Indebtedness or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case to the extent that such cash
or government securities prefund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness and are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose, (5) securing or arising by reason of any netting or set-off
arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of banking or other trading activities, (6) in favor of the Company or any Subsidiary (other than Liens on property or assets of the Company in favor of any Subsidiary that is not a
Subsidiary Guarantor) or (7) arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business. 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock
company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. 

  
 24 

 “Place of Payment” means a city or any political
subdivision thereof referred to in Article III and initially designated under Section 402. 

“Predecessor Notes” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the
same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in lieu of a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the
same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note. 
 “Preferred Stock,” as applied to
the Capital Stock of any corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) that by its terms is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation
or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation. 

“Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition,
leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets, and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Capital Stock of any Person owning such property or assets, or
otherwise. 
 “QIB” or “Qualified Institutional Buyer” means a “qualified
institutional buyer,” as that term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act. 

“Receivable” means a right to receive payment arising from a sale or lease of goods or services by a
Person pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay for goods or services under terms that permit the purchase of such goods and services on credit, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 “Receivables Entity” means (x) any Receivables Subsidiary or (y) any
other Person that is engaged in the business of acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time), other accounts and/or
other receivables, and/or related assets. 
 “Receivables Fees” means distributions or payments
made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Receivables Financing. 

“Receivables Financing” means any financing of Receivables of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
that have been transferred to a Receivables Entity in a Financing Disposition. 
 “Receivables
Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company that (a) is engaged solely in the business of acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect
in any jurisdiction from time 

  
 25 

 
to time) and other accounts and receivables (including any thereof constituting or evidenced by chattel paper, instruments or general intangibles), all proceeds thereof and all rights
(contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and (b) is designated as a “Receivables Subsidiary” by the Board of Directors.

 “Redemption Date,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed or purchased, means the
date fixed for such redemption or purchase by or pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes. 

“refinance” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute,
supplement, reissue, resell or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism); and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this
Indenture shall have a correlative meaning. 
 “Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness
that is Incurred to refinance any Indebtedness existing on the date of this Indenture or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent
permitted in this Indenture) and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary) including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that (1) if the
Indebtedness being refinanced is Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, the Refinancing Indebtedness has a final Stated Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the
final Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced (or if shorter, the Notes), (2) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price)
that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced, plus
(y) fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Refinancing Indebtedness and (3) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Restricted
Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of the Company that could not have been initially Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 407 or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or
a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “Regular Record
Date” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the date specified for that purpose in Section 301. 
 “Regulation S” means Regulation S under the Securities Act. 
 “Regulation S Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C. 

“Related Business” means those businesses in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is engaged on
the date of the applicable Indenture, or that are related, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto or extensions, developments or expansions thereof. 

  
 26 

 “Related Taxes” means (x) any taxes, charges or
assessments, including sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value-added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise, license, capital, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar taxes, charges or assessments (other than
federal, state or local taxes measured by income and federal, state or local withholding imposed on payments made by any Parent other than to another Parent), required to be paid by any Parent by virtue of its being incorporated or having Capital
Stock outstanding (but not by virtue of owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent), or being a holding company parent of the Company, any of its
Subsidiaries or any Parent or receiving dividends from or other distributions in respect of the Capital Stock of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent, or having guaranteed any obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, or
having made any payment in respect of any of the items for which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is permitted to make payments to any Parent pursuant to Section 409 or acquiring, developing, maintaining, owning, prosecuting,
protecting or defending its intellectual property and associated rights (including receiving or paying royalties for the use thereof) relating to the business or businesses of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof, or (y) any other
federal, state, foreign, provincial or local taxes measured by income for which any Parent is liable up to an amount not to exceed, with respect to federal taxes, the amount of any such taxes that the Company and its Subsidiaries would have been
required to pay on a separate company basis, or on a consolidated basis as if the Company had filed a consolidated return on behalf of an affiliated group (as defined in Section 1504 of the Code or an analogous provision of state, local or
foreign law) of which it were the common parent, or with respect to state and local taxes, the amount of any such taxes that the Company and its Subsidiaries would have been required to pay on a separate company basis, or on a combined basis as if
the Company had filed a combined return on behalf of an affiliated group consisting only of the Company and its Subsidiaries. 
 “Representative” means the trustee, agent or representative (if any) for an issue of Senior Indebtedness. 

“Resale Restriction Termination Date” means, with respect to any Note, the date that is two years (or
such other period as may hereafter be provided under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or any successor provision thereto as permitting the resale by non-affiliates of Restricted Securities without restriction) after the later of the original
issue date in respect of such Note and the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Note (or any Predecessor Note thereto). 

“Responsible Officer” when used with respect to the Trustee means the chairman or vice-chairman of the
board of directors, the chairman or vice-chairman of the executive committee of the board of directors, the president, any vice president or assistant vice president, the secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer,
the cashier, any assistant cashier, any trust officer or assistant trust officer, the controller and any assistant 

  
 27 

 
controller or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular
corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 
 “Restricted Payment Transaction” means any Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to Section 409, any Permitted Payment, any Permitted Investment, or any transaction
specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payment.” 
 “Restricted
Security” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act; provided, however, that the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, at its request, and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with
respect to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Security. 
 “Restricted Subsidiary” means
any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary. 
 “S&P” means
Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors. 
 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
 “Senior Credit Agreement” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company, any other borrowers party thereto from time to time, Deutsche Bank AG, New York
Branch, as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto from time to time, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid,
increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original administrative agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original Senior Credit Agreement or other
credit agreements or otherwise). 
 “Senior Credit Facility” means the collective reference to
the Senior Credit Agreement, any Loan Documents (as defined therein), any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages, letter of credit
applications and other guarantees, pledge agreements, security agreements and collateral documents, and other instruments and documents, executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case as the same may be
amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent and
lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under the original Senior Credit Agreement or one or more other credit agreements, indentures (including the Senior Indenture or this Indenture) or financing agreements or
otherwise). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Senior Credit Facility” 

  
 28 

 
shall include any agreement (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries of the Company as
additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof. 

“Senior Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor,
(i) all Bank Indebtedness, (ii) all of its obligations in respect of any Receivables Financing and (iii) the principal of and premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest (including interest accruing on or
after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to such Person regardless of whether post-filing interest is allowed in such proceeding) on, and all fees and other amounts owing in respect of, all other Indebtedness of
such Person, other than, in the case of the Company, Subordinated Obligations and, in the case of any Subsidiary Guarantor, Guarantor Subordinated Obligations; provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include (1) any
obligation of such Person to any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person, (2) any liability for Federal, state, foreign, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person, (3) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising
in the ordinary course of business (including Guarantees thereof (other than by way of letter of credit, bank guarantee, performance or other bond, or other similar obligation) or instruments evidencing such liabilities), (4) any obligation of
such Person described in any of clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of such Person, (5) any Capital Stock of such Person or (6) that portion of any
Indebtedness of such Person that is Incurred by such Person in violation of Section 407 (but no such violation shall be deemed to exist for purposes of this clause (6) if any holder of such Indebtedness or such holder’s
representative shall have received an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such Incurrence of such Indebtedness does not (or that the Incurrence of the entire committed amount thereof at the date on which the initial borrowing thereunder is
made would not) violate Section 407). If any Senior Indebtedness is disallowed, avoided or subordinated pursuant to the provisions of Section 548 of Title 11 of the United States Code or any applicable state fraudulent conveyance
law, such Senior Indebtedness nevertheless will constitute Senior Indebtedness. 

“Senior Indenture” means the Indenture of even date herewith among the Company, the
Subsidiary Guarantors parties thereto from time to time and the Trustee governing the Company’s 67/8% Senior Notes
due 2012, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time. 

“Senior Notes” means the “Notes” as such term is defined in the Senior Indenture. 

“Senior Subordinated Indebtedness” means, with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, the
Notes (in the case of the Company) or the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Person in respect of the Notes (in the case of such Subsidiary Guarantor) and any other Indebtedness of such Person that ranks pari passu with the Notes or such Subsidiary
Guarantee, as the case may be. 

  
 29 

 “Significant Domestic Subsidiary” means any Domestic
Subsidiary that is a Significant Subsidiary. 
 “Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted
Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, as in effect on the Issue Date. 

“Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee
pursuant to Section 307. 
 “Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security,
the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such
security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency). 
 “Subordinated
Obligations” means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the date of this Indenture or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement. 

“Subsidiary” of any Person means any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of
which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or
trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person or (ii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. 

“Subsidiary Guarantee” means any guarantee that may from time to time be entered into by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company pursuant to Section 414. 
 “Subsidiary Guarantor” means
any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that enters into a Subsidiary Guarantee. 
 “Supplemental
Indenture” means a Supplemental Indenture, to be entered into substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D. 
 “Tax Sharing Agreement” means the Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company, Holding and CDRV Investors, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or
otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and of this Indenture. 

“Temporary Cash Investments” means any of the following: (i) any investment in
(x) direct obligations of the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof or obligations Guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof or (y) direct obligations of
any foreign country recognized by the United States of America rated 

  
 30 

 
at least “A” by S&P or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then
exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (ii) overnight bank deposits, and investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and money market deposits
(or, with respect to foreign banks, similar instruments) maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by (x) any lender under the Senior Credit Agreement or any affiliate thereof or (y) a bank
or trust company that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America having capital and surplus aggregating in excess of $250 million (or the foreign
currency equivalent thereof) and whose long term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s
then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization) at the time such Investment is made, (iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types
described in clause (i) or (ii) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (ii) above, (iv) Investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 270 days after the date of acquisition,
issued by a Person (other than that of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), with a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of “P-2” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-2” (or higher) according to
S&P (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (v) Investments in
securities maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at
least “A” by S&P or “A” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally
recognized rating organization), (vi) Preferred Stock (other than that of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) having a rating of “A” or higher by S&P or “A2” or higher by Moody’s (or, in either case, the
equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (vii) investment funds investing 95% of their assets
in securities of the type described in clauses (i)-(vi) above (which funds may also hold reasonable amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution), (viii) any money market deposit accounts issued or offered by a domestic
commercial bank or a commercial bank organized and located in a country recognized by the United States of America, in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of $250 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof), or investments in
money market funds subject to the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 (or any successor rule) of the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and (ix) similar investments approved by the Board of Directors in the
ordinary course of business. 
 “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C.
¶¶ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the Issue Date. 
 “Trade Payables” means, with
respect to any Person, any accounts payable or any indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors created, assumed or guaranteed by such Person arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of goods or
services. 

  
 31 

 “Transactions” means, collectively, any or all of the
following: (i) the entry into this Indenture and the Senior Indenture, and the offer and issuance of the Notes and the Senior Notes, (ii) the entry into the Senior Credit Facility and Incurrence of Indebtedness thereunder by
one or more of the Company and its Subsidiaries, (iii) the contribution of equity by Holding to the Company, (iv) loans by CDRV Acquisition and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries to one or more Subsidiaries of VWR
International Corporation, (v) the Acquisition, (vi) the Mergers, (vii) the transfer of ownership interests in one or more Foreign Subsidiaries to VWR International Holdings, (viii) the transfer of
ownership interests in one or more Domestic Subsidiaries to one or more Domestic Subsidiaries, and (ix) all other transactions relating to any of the foregoing (including payment of fees and expenses related to any of the foregoing).

 “Trust Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the President or any other officer or
assistant officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters. 

“Trustee” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor
replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor. 
 “Unrestricted Subsidiary” means
(i) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, as designated by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below, and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Capital Stock or
Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided that (A) such designation was
made at or prior to the Issue Date or (B) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 or less or (C) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would
be permitted under Section 409. The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that immediately after giving effect to such designation either (x) the Company
could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 407(a) or (y) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be greater than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such designation. Any such designation by
the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate of the Company
certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions. 
 “U.S. Government
Obligation” means (x) any security that is (i) a direct obligation of the United States of America for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged or (ii) an
obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of

  
 32 

 
America, which, in either case under the preceding clause (i) or (ii), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and (y) any depositary receipt issued by
a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any U.S. Government Obligation that is specified in clause (x) above and held by such bank for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt,
or with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any U.S. Government Obligation that is so specified and held, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the
amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal or interest evidenced by such depositary receipt. 

“Vice President”, when used with respect to any Person, means any vice president of such Person, whether
or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title “vice president.” 

“Voting Stock” of an entity means all classes of Capital Stock of such entity then outstanding and
normally entitled to vote in the election of directors or all interests in such entity with the ability to control the management or actions of such entity. 
 “VWR International Corporation” means VWR International Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto. 

“VWR International Holdings” means CDRV International Holdings II, Inc. (to be renamed VWR International
Holdings, Inc.), a Delaware corporation, and any successor in interest thereto. 
 Section 102. Other
Definitions. 
  

					
	 Term
	  	Defined in
Section	 
	 “Act”
	  	 	108	  
	 “Affiliate Transaction”
	  	 	412	  
	 “Agent Members”
	  	 	312	  
	 “Amendment”
	  	 	410	  
	 “Applicable Premium”
	  	 	1001	  
	 “Authentication Order”
	  	 	303	  
	 “Bankruptcy Law”
	  	 	601	  
	 “Blockage Notice”
	  	 	1403	  
	 “Certificate of Beneficial Ownership”
	  	 	313	  
	 “Covenant Defeasance”
	  	 	1203	  
	 “Custodian”
	  	 	601	  
	 “Defaulted Interest”
	  	 	307	  
	 “Defeasance”
	  	 	1202	  
	 “Defeased Notes”
	  	 	1201	  

  
 33 

					
	 “Event of Default”
	  	 	601	  
	 “Excess Proceeds”
	  	 	411	  
	 “Expiration Date”
	  	 	108	  
	 “Global Notes”
	  	 	201	  
	 “Guaranteed Note Obligations”
	  	 	1301	  
	 “Guarantor Blockage Notice”
	  	 	1503	  
	 “Guarantor Non-payment Default”
	  	 	1503	  
	 “Guarantor Payment Blockage Period”
	  	 	1503	  
	 “Guarantor Payment Default”
	  	 	1503	  
	 “Initial Agreement”
	  	 	410	  
	 “Initial Lien”
	  	 	413	  
	 “Non-payment Default”
	  	 	1403	  
	 “Note Register” and “Note Registrar”
	  	 	305	  
	 “Notice of Default”
	  	 	601	  
	 “Offer”
	  	 	411	  
	 “Offshore Global Note”
	  	 	201	  
	 “Offshore Note Exchange Date”
	  	 	313	  
	 “Offshore Permanent Global Note”
	  	 	201	  
	 “Offshore Physical Note”
	  	 	201	  
	 “Offshore Temporary Global Note”
	  	 	201	  
	 “pay its Subsidiary Guarantee”
	  	 	1503	  
	 “pay the Notes”
	  	 	1403	  
	 “Payment Blockage Period”
	  	 	1403	  
	 “Payment Default”
	  	 	1403	  
	 “Permitted Payment”
	  	 	409	  
	 “Physical Notes”
	  	 	201	  
	 “Private Placement Legend”
	  	 	203	  
	 “Redemption Amount”
	  	 	1001	  
	 “Redemption Price”
	  	 	1001	  
	 “Refinancing Agreement”
	  	 	410	  
	 “Restricted Payment”
	  	 	409	  
	 “Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligation”
	  	 	1301	  
	 “Successor Company”
	  	 	501	  
	 “Treasury Rate”
	  	 	1001	  
	 “U.S. Global Note”
	  	 	201	  
	 “U.S. Physical Note”
	  	 	201	  

 Section 103. Rules of Construction. For all purposes of this Indenture,
except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) the terms
defined in this Indenture have the meanings assigned to them in this Indenture; 
 (2)
“or” is not exclusive; 

  
 34 

 (3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have
the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP; 
 (4) the words
“herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; 

(5) all references to “$” or “dollars” shall refer to the lawful
currency of the United States of America; 
 (6) the words “include,”
“included” and “including,” as used herein, shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the phrase “without limitation,” if not expressly followed by such phrase or the phrase “but not
limited to”; 
 (7) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural
include the singular; and 
 (8) any reference to a Section or Article refers to such Section or
Article of this Indenture. 
 Section 104. Incorporation by Reference of TIA. Whenever this
Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA, which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of
this Indenture. Any terms incorporated by reference in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by any TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA, have the meanings so assigned to them therein. The following TIA
terms have the following meanings: 
 “indenture securities” means the Notes.

 “indenture security holder” means a Noteholder. 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture. 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

 “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company, any Subsidiary
Guarantor, and any other obligor on the indenture securities. 
 Section 105. Conflict with TIA. If
any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the TIA that is required under the TIA to be a part of and govern this Indenture, the latter provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any
provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed (i) to apply to this Indenture as so modified or (ii) to be excluded, as the case may be. 

  
 35 

 Section 106. Compliance Certificates and Opinions. Upon any
application or request by the Company or by any other obligor upon the Notes (including any Subsidiary Guarantor) to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company or such other obligor (including any Subsidiary
Guarantor), as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee such certificates and opinions as may be required under the TIA. Each such certificate or opinion shall be given in the form of one or more Officer’s Certificates, if to be given by
an Officer, or an Opinion of Counsel, if to be given by counsel, and shall comply with the requirements of the TIA and any other requirements set forth in this Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any such request or application
as to which the furnishing of any Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular request or application, no additional certificate or opinion need be
furnished. 
 Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for
in this Indenture (except for certificates provided for in Section 406) shall include: 
 (1) a statement that the individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto; 

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the
statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (3) a statement
that, in the opinion of such individual, he or she made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such individual, such condition or covenant has been
complied with. 
 Section 107. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee. In any case where several
matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by
only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several
documents. 
 Any certificate or opinion of an Officer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters,
upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such Officer knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such
certificate or opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an Officer or Officers to the effect that the information with respect to such factual matters is in
the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous. 

  
 36 

 Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more
applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument. 

Section 108. Acts of Noteholders; Record Dates. (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction,
notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agent duly appointed
in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company, as the case may be. Such
instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a
writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 701) conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the Company and any other obligor upon the Notes, if made in the manner provided in
this Section 108. 
 (b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or
writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing
acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership or other entity, on behalf of such corporation or partnership or other entity, such certificate or affidavit shall also
constitute sufficient proof of such Person’s authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems
sufficient. 
 (c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register. 

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note
shall bind the Holder of every Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee, the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes in reliance thereon,
whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note. 
 (e) (i) The Company may set any day as a
record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Notes entitled to give, make or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Indenture to be given,
made or taken by Holders of Notes, provided that the Company may not set a record date for, and the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply with respect to, the giving or making of any notice, declaration, request or direction referred
to in the next paragraph. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Notes 

  
 37 

 
on such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and no other Holders, shall be entitled to take the relevant action, whether or not such Persons remain Holders after such record date;
provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be
construed to prevent the Company from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person
be cancelled and of no effect), and nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on the date such action is taken. Promptly after any record
date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Company, at its expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder of Notes in the
manner set forth in Section 110. 
 (ii) The Trustee may set any day as a record date
for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Notes entitled to join in the giving or making of (A) any Notice of Default, (B) any declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 602,
(C) any request to institute proceedings referred to in Section 607(ii) or (D) any direction referred to in Section 612, in each case with respect to Notes. If any record date is set pursuant to this
paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Notes on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided
that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to
prevent the Trustee from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be cancelled
and of no effect), and nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on the date such action is taken. Promptly after any record date is set
pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Company’s expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Company in writing and to each Holder of Notes in
the manner set forth in Section 110. 
 (iii) With respect to any record date set
pursuant to this Section 108, the party hereto that sets such record dates may designate any day as the “Expiration Date” and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided
that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the Company or the Trustee, whichever such party is not setting a record date pursuant to this Section 108(e) in writing, and to each
Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 110, on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section, the party hereto that set such
record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the 180th day 

  
 38 

 
after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Expiration
Date shall be later than the 180th day after the applicable record date. 
 (iv) Without limiting
the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so
pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount. 
 Section 109.
Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

 (1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company or by any other obligor upon the Notes shall
be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at 213 Court Street, Suite 703, Middletown, CT 06457, Attention: Corporate Trust Department (telephone: (860) 704-6217; telecopier:
(860) 704-6219) or at any other address furnished in writing to the Company by the Trustee, or 
 (2) the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company at VWR International, Inc., 1310
Goshen Parkway, West Chester, PA 19380, Attention: Chief Financial Officer (telephone: (610) 431-1700; telecopier: (610) 436-1760), with copies to Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, 919 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022, Attention:
David Brittenham, Esq. (telephone: (212) 909-6000; telecopier: (212) 909-6836), or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company. 

Section 110. Notices to Holders; Waiver. Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event,
such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected by such event, at such Holder’s address as it appears in the Note Register, not
later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to
any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. 
 Where this
Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders
shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver. 

  
 39 

 In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service, or by reason
of any other cause, it shall be impossible to mail notice of any event as required by any provision of this Indenture, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) shall
constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder. 
 Section 111. Effect of Headings and
Table of Contents. The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof. 
 Section 112. Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind its respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. 

Section 113. Separability Clause. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 
 Section 114. Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, any
Paying Agent and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture, except as provided in Article XIV and Article XV. 

Section 115. GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED
IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE NOTES. 
 Section 116. Legal Holidays. In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Note shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then
(notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment of interest or principal and premium (if any) need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place
of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity. 
 Section 117. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators and Stockholders. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, as such, of the Company, any
Subsidiary Guarantor or any Subsidiary of any thereof shall have any liability for any obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by
reason of, any such obligation or its creation. Each Noteholder, by accepting the Notes, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

  
 40 

 Section 118. Exhibits and Schedules. All exhibits and schedules
attached hereto are by this reference made a part hereof with the same effect as if herein set forth in full. 

Section 119. Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall
be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. 
 ARTICLE II 

NOTE FORMS 
 Section 201. Forms Generally. (a) The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication relating thereto shall be in substantially the forms set forth, or referenced, in this
Article II and Exhibit A annexed hereto, which Exhibit is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions, notations, legends, endorsements,
identifications and other variations as are required or permitted by law, stock exchange rule or depositary rule or usage, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or other customary usage, or as may consistently herewith be determined by
the Officers of the Company executing such Notes, as evidenced by such execution (provided always that any such notation, legend, endorsement, identification or variation is in a form acceptable to the Company). Each Note shall be dated the
date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit A are part of the terms of this Indenture. Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face
of the Note. 
 Initial Notes and any Initial Additional Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A under
the Securities Act shall, unless (in the case of Additional Notes) the Company otherwise notifies the Trustee in writing, be issued in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A (each, a
“U.S. Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of a U.S. Global
Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 

Initial Notes and any Initial Additional Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S
under the Securities Act shall, unless (in the case of Additional Notes) the Company otherwise notifies the Trustee in writing, be issued in the form of one or more temporary global Notes in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A
(each, an “Offshore Temporary Global Note”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Following the Offshore
Note Exchange Date with respect to any such Offshore Temporary Global Note, beneficial interests in the Offshore Temporary Global Note shall be 

  
 41 

 
exchanged as provided in Sections 312 and 313 for beneficial interests in one or more permanent global Notes in the form of Exhibit A (each an “Offshore Permanent
Global Note” and, together with the Offshore Temporary Global Notes, the “Offshore Global Notes”), deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, duly executed by the Company and authenticated
by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Simultaneously with the authentication of an Offshore Permanent Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the related Offshore Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of an Offshore Global Note may
from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made in the records of the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, as hereinafter provided. 

Subject to the limitations on the issuance of certificated Notes set forth in Sections 312 and 313, Initial
Notes and any Initial Additional Notes issued pursuant to Section 305 in exchange for or upon transfer of beneficial interests (x) in a U.S. Global Note shall be in the form of permanent certificated Notes substantially in
the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “U.S. Physical Notes”) or (y) in an Offshore Global Note (if any), on or after the Offshore Note Exchange Date with respect to such Offshore Global Note, shall be in the form
of permanent certificated Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “Offshore Physical Notes”), respectively, as hereinafter provided. 

The U.S. Physical Notes and Offshore Physical Notes shall be construed to include any certificated Notes issued in
respect thereof pursuant to Section 304, 305, 306 or 1008, and the U.S. Global Notes and Offshore Global Notes shall be construed to include any global Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to
Section 304, 305, 306 or 1008. The Offshore Physical Notes and the U.S. Physical Notes, together with any other certificated Notes issued and authenticated pursuant to this Indenture, are sometimes collectively
herein referred to as the “Physical Notes”. The U.S. Global Notes and the Offshore Global Notes, together with any other global Notes that are issued and authenticated pursuant to this Indenture, are sometimes collectively referred
to as the “Global Notes.” 
 Exchange Notes shall be issued substantially in the form set forth
in Exhibit A and, subject to Section 312(b), shall be in the form of one or more Global Notes. 
 Section 202. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication. The Notes will have endorsed thereon a Trustee’s certificate of authentication in substantially the following form:

 This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	
	
	 
	
	as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  
		 	Authorized Officer

 Dated: 
 If an appointment of an Authenticating Agent is made pursuant to Section 714, the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in lieu of the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative
certificate of authentication in substantially the following form: 
 This is one of the Notes referred to in
the within-mentioned Indenture. 

  
 42 

  

			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

 

	 as Trustee

		
	By:	 	  
		 	 As Authenticating Agent

 

	By:	 	 
		 	Authorized Officer

 Dated: 
  

Section 203. Restrictive and Global Note Legends. Each Global Note and Physical Note shall bear the following
legend set forth below (the “Private Placement Legend”) on the face thereof until the Private Placement Legend is removed or not required in accordance with Section 313(4): 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”),
OR UNDER ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR OTHER JURISDICTION, AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S. PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY IS
HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER OR ANOTHER EXEMPTION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN
ACCREDITED INVESTOR (AS DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER REGULATION D PROMULGATED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR”) AND (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY
EXCEPT (A) (I) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (II) FOR SO LONG AS 

  
 43 

 
THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN
COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (III) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER-DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING
CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS SECURITY), (IV) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE
WITH RULE 903 OR RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (V) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), OR (VI) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY FURTHER AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS
TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY PURSUANT TO SUBCLAUSES (III) TO (V) OF CLAUSE (A) ABOVE, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND
THE COMPANY SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANING GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. 

Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note, shall also bear the following legend on the face thereof: 

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK
CORPORATION (“DTC”) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. 

  
 44 

 TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT
NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 312
AND 313 OF THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). 
 Each Offshore Temporary Global Note shall also bear the
following legend on the face thereof: 
 EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN
THIS OFFSHORE TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR INTERESTS IN THE OFFSHORE PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE OR ANY OTHER SECURITY REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE “40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD” (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903(b)(2) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT). DURING SUCH 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL
OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS OFFSHORE TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE MAY ONLY BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED THROUGH EUROCLEAR BANK S.A./N.A., AS OPERATOR OF THE EUROCLEAR SYSTEM, OR CLEARSTREAM BANKING, SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME. NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR
THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS OFFSHORE TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE PAYMENT OF INTEREST HEREON. 
 ARTICLE
III 
 THE NOTES 
 Section 301. Title and Terms. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered and Outstanding under this Indenture is not limited. The Initial Notes will be
issued in an aggregate principal amount of $320.0 million. All the Notes shall vote and consent together on all matters as one class, and none of the Notes will have the right to vote or consent as a class separate from one another on any matter.
Additional Notes (including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) will vote (or consent) as a class with the other Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for all purposes of this Indenture. 

The Notes shall be known and designated as the “8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2014” of the Company. The
final Stated Maturity of the Notes shall be April 15, 2014. Interest on the Outstanding principal amount of Notes will accrue at the rate of 8% per annum 

  
 45 

 
and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 in each year, commencing on October 15, 2004, to holders of record on the immediately preceding April 1
and October 1, respectively (each such April 1 and October 1, a “Regular Record Date”). Interest on the Original Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if
no interest has been paid, from April 13, 2004; and interest on any Additional Notes (and Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or
duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid on such Additional Notes, from the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Additional Notes, or if the date of issuance of such Additional Notes is an Interest
Payment Date, from such date of issuance; provided that if any Note is surrendered for exchange on or after a record date for an Interest Payment Date that will occur on or after the date of such exchange, interest on the Note received in
exchange thereof will accrue from the date of such Interest Payment Date. 
 The principal of, and premium, if
any, and interest on, the Notes shall be payable, and the Notes may be exchanged or transferred, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose (which initially shall be the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee) (the
“Place of Payment”); provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment of interest on a Note may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Note
Register. 
 Section 302. Denominations. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form,
without coupons, and only in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. 
 Section 303.
Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating. The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by one Officer of the Company. The signature of any such Officer on the Notes may be manual or facsimile. 

Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of an individual who was at any time a proper Officer of the Company
shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individual has ceased to hold such office prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such office at the date of such Notes. 

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Notes
executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication; and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver (i) Initial Notes for original issue in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $320.0 million, (ii) Additional
Notes in one or more series from time to time for original issue in aggregate principal amounts specified by the Company and (iii) Exchange Notes from time to time for issue in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes or
Initial Additional Notes, in each case specified in clauses (i) through (iii) above, upon a written order of the Company in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of the Company (an “Authentication Order”). Such
Officer’s Certificate shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes and whether the Notes are to be
issued as one or more Global Notes or Physical Notes and such other information as the Company may include or the Trustee may reasonably request. 

  
 46 

 All Notes shall be dated the date of their authentication. 

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there
appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note
has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. 
 Section 304. Temporary Notes. Until
definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have
variations that the Company consider appropriate for temporary Notes. If temporary Notes are issued, the Company will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes
shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes the
Company shall execute and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged the temporary Notes shall
in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes of the same series and tenor. 
 Section 305. Registration, Registration of Transfer and Exchange. The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee a register (the register maintained in such
office and in any other office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “Note Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company
shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes. The Trustee is hereby appointed “Note Registrar” for the purpose of registering Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided. 

Upon surrender for transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment, in compliance with
all applicable requirements of this Indenture and applicable law, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of the same series, of any
authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount. 
 At the option of the Holder, Notes may be
exchanged for other Notes of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like tenor and aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for
exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive. 

  
 47 

 All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid
obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 

Every Note presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly
endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Note Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing. 

No service charge shall be made for any registration, transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Company may require payment
of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith. 
 The Company shall not be required (i) to issue, transfer or exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of a notice of
redemption (or purchase) of Notes selected for redemption (or purchase) under Section 1004 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (ii) to transfer or exchange any Note so selected for redemption
(or purchase) in whole or in part. 
 Section 306. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes. If
(i) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Company and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (ii) there is delivered to the Company and the
Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute and upon
receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously
Outstanding. 
 In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due
and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note. 
 Upon the
issuance of any new Note under this Section 306, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and
expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith. 
 Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 306
in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all
the benefits of this Indenture equally and ratably with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder. 

  
 48 

 The provisions of this Section 306 are exclusive and shall
preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes. 
 Section 307. Payment of Interest Rights Preserved. Interest on any Note that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person
in whose name that Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest specified in Section 301. 

Any interest on any Note that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date
(herein called “Defaulted Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder; and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at
its election, as provided in clause (1) or clause (2) below: 
 (1) The Company may
elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall
be fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the
Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such
money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as provided in this clause (1). Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall
be not more than 15 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special
Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Holder at such
Holder’s address as it appears in the Note Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted
Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2). 

(2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent
with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause (2),
such payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee. 

  
 49 

 Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 307, each
Note delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Note. 

Section 308. Persons Deemed Owners. The Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Trustee and any agent of any
of them may treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any), and (subject to Section 307) interest on, such Note and for all other
purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and neither the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor, the Trustee nor any agent of any of them shall be affected by notice to the contrary. 

Section 309. Cancellation. All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer, exchange or conversion
shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and, if not already cancelled, shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously
authenticated and delivered hereunder that the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes
cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of as directed by a Company Order of the Company and in accordance with Section 313.

 Section 310. Computation of Interest. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months. 
 Section 311. CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the
Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and if so, the Trustee may use the CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state
that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. 

Section 312. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes. (a) Each Global Note initially shall
(i) be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or the nominee of such Depositary and (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary. Neither the Company nor any agent of the Company
shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial
ownership interests. 
 Members of, or participants in, the Depositary (“Agent Members”) shall
have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee and any agent of any of them as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all
purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the 

  
 50 

 
foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee or any agent of any of them from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other
authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a beneficial owner of any Note. The registered holder of a Global Note
may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action that a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes. 

(b) Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but, subject to the
immediately succeeding sentence, not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in a Global Note may not be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes unless (i) the Company
has consented thereto in writing, or such transfer or exchange is made pursuant to the next sentence, and (ii) such transfer or exchange is in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary and the provisions of
Sections 305 and 313. Subject to the limitation on issuance of Physical Notes set forth in Section 313(3), Physical Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in the
relevant Global Note, if (i) the Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Note or the Depositary ceases to be a “Clearing Agency” registered under the Exchange Act
and in either case a successor depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days, (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee in writing that it is electing to cause the issuance of Physical Notes under this Indenture
or (iii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Trustee has received a written request from the Depositary to issue Physical Notes. 

(c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in any Global Note to beneficial
owners for Physical Notes pursuant to Section 312(b), the Note Registrar shall record on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the
Global Note being transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and principal amount of authorized denominations. 

(d) In connection with a transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 312(b),
the applicable Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in exchange for its
beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount at maturity of U.S. Physical Notes (in the case of any U.S. Global Note), Offshore Physical Notes (in the case of any Offshore Global Note) or other Physical
Notes (in the case of any other Global Note), as the case may be, of authorized denominations. 
 (e) The
transfer and exchange of a Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 313) and the
procedures of the Depositary therefor. 

  
 51 

 
Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a different Global Note will, upon transfer, cease to be an
interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as
long as it remains such an interest. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depositary’s procedures containing information regarding the participant
account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in the relevant Global Note. Subject to Section 313, the Registrar shall, in accordance with such instructions, instruct the Depositary to credit to the account of the
Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in such Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred. 

(f) Any Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 312(b)
shall, unless such exchange is made on or after the Resale Restriction Termination Date applicable to such Note and except as otherwise provided in Section 203 and Section 313, bear the Private Placement Legend. 

(g) The Company, any other obligor upon the Notes or the Trustee, in the discretion of any of them, may treat as the Act
of a Holder any instrument or writing of any Person that is identified by the Depositary as the owner of a beneficial interest in the Global Note, provided that the fact and date of the execution of such instrument or writing is proved in
accordance with Section 108(b). 
 Section 313. Special Transfer Provisions. 

(1) Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any
proposed transfer of a Note that is a Restricted Security to any Non-U.S. Person: The Note Registrar shall register such transfer if it complies with all other applicable requirements of this Indenture (including Section 305) and,

 (a) if (x) such transfer is after the relevant Resale Restriction Termination Date
with respect to such Note or (y) the proposed transferor has delivered to the Note Registrar a Regulation S Certificate and, unless otherwise agreed by the Company and the Trustee, an opinion of counsel, certifications and other
information satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee, and 
 (b) if the proposed transferor is
or is acting through an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a Global Note, upon receipt by the Note Registrar of (x) the certificate, opinion, certifications and other information, if any, required by clause (a) above and
(y) written instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Note Registrar’s procedures; 

whereupon (i) the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and (if the transfer does not involve a
transfer of any Outstanding Physical Note) a decrease in the principal 

  
 52 

 amount of the relevant Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the
beneficial interest in the relevant Global Note to be transferred, and (ii) either (A) if the proposed transferee is or is acting through an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a relevant Offshore Global Note, the
Trustee shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of such Offshore Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest being so transferred or (B) otherwise the
Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount. 
 (2) Transfers to QIBs. The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note that is a Restricted Security to a QIB (excluding transfers to
Non-U.S. Persons): The Note Registrar shall register such transfer if it complies with all other applicable requirements of this Indenture (including Section 305) and, 

(a) if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on the
form of such Note stating, or has otherwise certified to the Company and the Note Registrar in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed the certification provided for on the
form of such Note stating, or has otherwise certified to the Company and the Note Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing such Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and
any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A
or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; and 

(b) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Note to be transferred consists of a Physical
Note that after transfer is to be evidenced by an interest in a Global Note or consists of a beneficial interest in a Global Note that after the transfer is to be evidenced by an interest in a different Global Note, upon receipt by the Note
Registrar of written instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Note Registrar’s procedures, whereupon the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the
transferee Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Physical Note or such beneficial interest in such transferor Global Note to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Note so transferred or reflect on its
books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such transferor Global Note, as the case may be. 
 (3) Limitation on Issuance of Physical Notes. No Physical Note shall be exchanged for a beneficial interest in any Global Note, except in accordance with Section 312 and this
Section 313. 
 A beneficial owner of an interest an Offshore Temporary Global Note (and, in the
case of any Additional Notes for which no Offshore Temporary Global Note is issued, any 

  
 53 

 
Offshore Global Note) shall not be permitted to exchange such interest for a Physical Note or (in the case of such interest in an Offshore Temporary Global Note) an interest in an Offshore
Permanent Global Note until a date, which must be after the expiration of the distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S, on which the Company receives a certificate of beneficial ownership substantially in the form of Exhibit B
from such beneficial owner (a “Certificate of Beneficial Ownership”). Such date, as it relates to an Offshore Global Note, is herein referred to as the “Offshore Note Exchange Date.” 

(4) Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private
Placement Legend, the Note Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Note Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear
the Private Placement Legend unless (i) the requested transfer is after the relevant Resale Restriction Termination Date with respect to such Notes, (ii) upon written request of the Company after there is delivered to the
Note Registrar an opinion of counsel (which opinion and counsel are satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee) to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the
provisions of the Securities Act, (iii) with respect to an Offshore Global Note (on or after the Offshore Note Exchange Date with respect to such Offshore Global Note) or Offshore Physical Note, in each case with the agreement of the
Company, or (iv) such Notes are sold or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. 
 (5) Other Transfers. The Note Registrar shall effect and register, upon receipt of a written request from the Company to do so, a transfer not otherwise permitted by this Section 313,
such registration to be done in accordance with the otherwise applicable provisions of this Section 313, upon the furnishing by the proposed transferor or transferee of a written opinion of counsel (which opinion and counsel are
satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee) to the effect that, and such other certifications or information as the Company or the Trustee may require (including, in the case of a transfer to an Accredited Investor (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1),
(2), (3) or (7) under Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act), a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F) to confirm that, the proposed transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction
not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 
 A Note that is a Restricted Security may
not be transferred other than as provided in this Section 313. A beneficial interest in a Global Note that is a Restricted Security may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Note other than through a transfer in
compliance with this Section 313. 
 (6) General. By its acceptance of any Note bearing the
Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this
Indenture. 

  
 54 

 The Note Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other
written communications received pursuant to Section 312 or this Section 313 (including all Notes received for transfer pursuant to Section 313). The Company shall have the right to require the Note Registrar to
deliver to the Company, at the Company’s expense, copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Note Registrar. 

In connection with any transfer of any Note, the Trustee, the Note Registrar and the Company shall be entitled to
receive, shall be under no duty to inquire into, may conclusively presume the correctness of, and shall be fully protected in relying upon the certificates, opinions and other information referred to herein (or in the forms provided herein, attached
hereto or to the Notes, or otherwise) received from any Holder and any transferee of any Note regarding the validity, legality and due authorization of any such transfer, the eligibility of the transferee to receive such Note and any other facts and
circumstances related to such transfer. 
 Section 314. Payment of Additional Interest.
(a) Under certain circumstances the Company will be obligated to pay certain additional amounts of interest to the Holders of certain Initial Notes, as more particularly set forth in such Initial Notes. 

(b) Under certain circumstances the Company may be obligated to pay certain additional amounts of interest to the Holders
of certain Initial Additional Notes, as may be more particularly set forth in such Initial Additional Notes. 

(c) Prior to any Interest Payment Date on which any such additional interest is payable, the Company shall give notice to
the Trustee of the amount of any additional interest due on such Interest Payment Date. 
 ARTICLE IV 

COVENANTS 
 Section 401. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest. The Company shall duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms
of the Notes and this Indenture. 
 Section 402. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Company shall
maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be
served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the
Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office as the initial Place of Payment and
appoints the Trustee its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands so long as such Corporate Trust Office remains the Place of Payment. 

  
 55 

 Section 403. Money for Payments to Be Held in Trust. If the
Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent, it shall, on or before each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, any of the Notes, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum
sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

 If the Company is not acting as its own Paying Agent, it shall, on or prior to each due date of the principal
of (and premium, if any) or interest on, any Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest, so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such
principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act. 
 If the Company is not acting as its own Paying Agent, the Company shall cause any Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall
agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 403, that such Paying Agent shall 
 (1) hold all sums held by it for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such
Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided; 
 (2) give the Trustee notice of any
default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any such payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest; 
 (3) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent; and 

(4) acknowledge, accept and agree to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Indenture and TIA
relating to the duties, rights and liabilities of such Paying Agent. 
 The Company may at any time, for the
purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held
by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect
to such money. 

  
 56 

 Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by
the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (and premium, if any) or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the
Company on Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the
Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease. 
 Section 404. [Reserved.] 
 Section 405. SEC
Reports. Notwithstanding that the Company may not be required to be or remain subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall file with the SEC (unless such filing is not permitted
under the Exchange Act or by the SEC), so long as the Notes are Outstanding, the annual reports, information, documents and other reports that the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d) or would be so
required to file if the Company were so subject. The Company shall also, within 15 days (30 days, in the case of information, documents and reports for the quarters ended March 31 and June 30, 2004) after the date on which the Company was
so required to file or would be so required to file if the Company were so subject, transmit by mail to all Holders, as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register, and to the Trustee copies of any such information, documents and reports
(without exhibits) so required to be filed. The Company shall be deemed to have satisfied such requirements if any Parent files and provides reports, documents and information of the types otherwise so required, in each case within the applicable
time periods, and the Company is not required to file such reports, documents and information separately under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC (after giving effect to any exemptive relief) because of the filings by such Parent. The
Company also shall comply with the other provisions of TIA § 314(a). 
 Section 406. Statement as
to Default. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof, an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that to the best knowledge of the signer thereof the
Company is or is not in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Company shall be in
default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which such signer may have knowledge. To the extent required by the TIA, each Subsidiary Guarantor shall comply with TIA § 314(a)(4). The individual signing any
certificate given by any Person pursuant to this Section 406 shall be the principal executive, financial or accounting officer of such Person, in compliance with TIA § 314(a)(4). 

Section 407. Limitation on Indebtedness. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, Incur any Indebtedness; provided, however, that the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor may Incur Indebtedness if on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the Incurrence thereof, the
Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be greater than 2.00:1.00. 

  
 57 

 (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph (a), the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur the following Indebtedness: 
 (i) Indebtedness Incurred
pursuant to any Credit Facility (including in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created thereunder) and Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary Incurred other than under any Credit Facility, and (without limiting the
foregoing), in each case, any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, in a maximum principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding in the aggregate the amount equal to (A) $800.0 million, plus (B) the
amount, if any, by which (x) the Borrowing Base minus (y) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness Incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary and then outstanding pursuant to clause (ix) of this paragraph (b), or by a
Foreign Subsidiary and then outstanding pursuant to clause (xi) of this paragraph (b), exceeds $221.9 million, plus (C) in the case of any refinancing of any Credit Facility or any portion thereof, the aggregate amount of
fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing; 
 (ii) Indebtedness (A) of any Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or (B) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that any
subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary to which such Indebtedness is owed, or other event, that results in such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer
of such Indebtedness (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) will be deemed, in each case, an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof not permitted by this clause (ii); 

(iii) Indebtedness represented by the Senior Notes issued on the Issue Date (or any Senior Notes issued in
respect thereof or in exchange therefor) and the Notes (other than any Additional Notes), any Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date (other than the Indebtedness described in clauses (i) or (ii) above) and any Refinancing Indebtedness
Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause (iii) or paragraph (a) above; 
 (iv) Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations, and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto, in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding an amount
equal to 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets; 
 (v) Indebtedness consisting of accommodation
guarantees for the benefit of trade creditors of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; 
 (vi) ((A) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or any other obligation or liability of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Indebtedness
Incurred by the Company or such Restricted 

  
 58 

 
Subsidiary, as the case may be, in violation of this Section 407), or (B) without limiting Section 413, Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary arising by reason of any Lien granted by or applicable to such Person securing Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may
be, in violation of this Section 407); 
 (vii) Indebtedness of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary (A) arising from the honoring of a check, draft or similar instrument of such Person drawn against insufficient funds, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of its
Incurrence, or (B) consisting of guarantees, indemnities, obligations in respect of earnouts or other purchase price adjustments, or similar obligations, Incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets
or Person; 
 (viii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of
(A) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments or obligations issued, or relating to liabilities or obligations incurred, in the ordinary course of business (including those issued to governmental entities
in connection with self-insurance under applicable workers’ compensation statutes), or (B) completion guarantees, surety, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations, provided, or
relating to liabilities or obligations incurred, in the ordinary course of business, or (C) Hedging Obligations, entered into for bona fide hedging purposes, or (D) Management Guarantees, or (E) the financing of
insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business; 
 (ix) Indebtedness of a Receivables
Subsidiary secured by a Lien on all or part of the assets disposed of in, or otherwise Incurred in connection with, a Financing Disposition; 
 (x) Indebtedness of any Person that is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with its acquisition of assets from such Person or any Affiliate thereof or is issued and
outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Person was acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged or consolidated with or into any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness Incurred to finance, or otherwise Incurred in
connection with, such acquisition), provided that on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation, after giving effect thereto, the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) above;
and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to any such Indebtedness; 
 (xi) Indebtedness of
any Foreign Subsidiary Incurred for working capital purposes in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding an amount equal to the sum (determined as of the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which consolidated
financial statements of the Company are available) of (A) 90% of Receivables of all Foreign Subsidiaries and (B) 75% of Inventory of all Foreign Subsidiaries; and 

  
 59 

 (xii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding an amount equal to 5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets. 
 (c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 407,
(i) any other obligation of the obligor on such Indebtedness (or of any other Person who could have Incurred such Indebtedness under this Section 407) arising under any Guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, bankers’
acceptance or other similar instrument or obligation supporting such Indebtedness shall be disregarded to the extent that such Guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or other similar instrument or obligation secures the
principal amount of such Indebtedness; (ii) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in paragraph (b) above, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify such
item of Indebtedness and may include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of such clauses (including in part under one such clause and in part under another such clause); and (iii) the amount of Indebtedness issued at
a price that is less than the principal amount thereof shall be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP. Any Indebtedness Incurred by the Company on the Issue Date under the Senior Credit Facility
shall be classified as Incurred under Section 407(b), and not under Section 407(a). 

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness
denominated in a foreign currency, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness Incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Indebtedness was Incurred, in
the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness, provided that (x) the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date shall be calculated
based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the Issue Date, (y) if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, and such refinancing would cause the applicable
Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal
amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount of such Indebtedness being refinanced and (z) the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency and Incurred pursuant to
the Senior Credit Facility shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on, at the Company’s option, (i) the Issue Date, (ii) any date on which any of the respective commitments under the
Senior Credit Facility shall be reallocated between or among facilities or subfacilities thereunder, or on which such rate is otherwise calculated for any purpose thereunder, or (iii) the date of such Incurrence. The principal amount of
any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective
Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing. 

  
 60 

 Section 408. Limitation on Layering. The Company will not Incur
any Indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness of the Company, unless such Indebtedness so Incurred ranks pari passu in right of payment with, or is subordinated in right of payment to, the
Company’s Indebtedness with respect to the Notes. The Company will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to Incur any Indebtedness that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor, unless
such Indebtedness so Incurred ranks pari passu in right of payment with such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee, or is subordinated in right of payment to such Subsidiary Guarantee. Indebtedness that is unsecured or secured by a
junior Lien is not deemed to be subordinate or junior to secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or secured by a junior Lien, and Indebtedness that is not guaranteed by a particular Person is not deemed to be subordinate or junior to
Indebtedness that is so guaranteed merely because it is not so guaranteed. 
 Section 409. Limitation on
Restricted Payments. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of its Capital Stock (including
any such payment in connection with any merger or consolidation to which the Company is a party) except (x) dividends or distributions payable solely in its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) and (y) dividends or
distributions payable to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to other holders of its Capital Stock on no more than a pro rata basis, measured by
value), (ii) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) voluntarily purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease
or otherwise voluntarily acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Obligations (other than a purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or
retirement for value in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such acquisition or retirement) or (iv) make any Investment (other
than a Permitted Investment) in any Person (any such dividend, distribution, purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance, other acquisition or retirement or Investment being herein referred to as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the
time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto: 
 (1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom); 
 (2) the Company could not Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 407(a); or 

(3) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments (the amount so
expended, if other than in cash, to be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors) declared or made subsequent to the Issue Date and then
outstanding would exceed, without duplication, the sum of: 

  
 61 

 (A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income accrued during the
period (treated as one accounting period) beginning on January 1, 2004 to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available
(or, in case such Consolidated Net Income shall be a negative number, 100% of such negative number); 
 (B) the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of property or assets received (x) by the Company as capital contributions to the
Company after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) after the Issue Date (other than Excluded Contributions) or (y) by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance and sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date of Indebtedness that shall have been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock),
plus the amount of any cash and the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of any property or assets received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange; 

(C) the aggregate amount equal to the net reduction in Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries resulting
from (i) dividends, distributions, interest payments, return of capital, repayments of Investments or other transfers of assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Unrestricted Subsidiary, or (ii) the
redesignation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investment”), not to exceed in the case of any such Unrestricted Subsidiary the aggregate amount of Investments
(other than Permitted Investments) made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; and 
 (D) in the case of any disposition or repayment of any Investment constituting a Restricted Payment (without duplication of any amount deducted in calculating the amount of Investments at any time
outstanding included in the amount of Restricted Payments), an amount in the aggregate equal to the lesser of the return of capital, repayment or other proceeds with respect to all such Investments received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
and the initial amount of all such Investments constituting Restricted Payments. 
 (b) The provisions of
Section 409(a) will not prohibit any of the following (each, a “Permitted Payment”): 

  
 62 

 (i) any purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or
other acquisition or retirement of Capital Stock of the Company or Subordinated Obligations made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of
the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary) or a
substantially concurrent capital contribution to the Company, in each case other than Excluded Contributions; provided that the Net Cash Proceeds from such issuance, sale or capital contribution shall be excluded in subsequent calculations
under Section 409(a)(3)(B); 
 (ii) any purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance
or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations (w) made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Indebtedness of the Company or Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in
compliance with Section 407, (x) from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted by Section 411, (y) following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a
“change of control”), but only if the Company shall have complied with Section 415 and, if required, purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing or
repaying such Subordinated Obligations or (z) constituting Acquired Indebtedness; 

(iii) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if at such date of declaration
such dividend would have complied with Section 409(a); 
 (iv) Investments or other
Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the amount of Excluded Contributions; 
 (v) loans, advances, dividends or distributions by the Company to any Parent to permit any Parent to repurchase or otherwise acquire its Capital Stock (including any options, warrants or other rights in
respect thereof), or payments by the Company to repurchase or otherwise acquire Capital Stock of any Parent or the Company (including any options, warrants or other rights in respect thereof), in each case from Management Investors, such payments,
loans, advances, dividends or distributions not to exceed an amount (net of repayments of any such loans or advances) equal to (1) $15.0million, plus (2) $3.0 million multiplied by the number of calendar years that
have commenced since the Issue Date, plus the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company since the Issue Date from, or as a capital contribution from, the issuance or sale to Management Investors of Capital Stock (including any options,
warrants or other rights in respect thereof), to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds are not included in any calculation under Section 409(a)(3)(B)(x); 

(vi) the payment by the Company of, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions by the Company to any
Parent to pay, dividends on the common stock or equity of the Company or any Parent following a public offering of such common stock or equity in an amount not to exceed in any fiscal year 6% of the aggregate gross proceeds received by the Company
or any Parent in or from such public offering; 

  
 63 

 (vii) Restricted Payments (including loans or advances) in
an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $35.0 million (net of repayments of any such loans or advances); 
 (viii) loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent or other payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) to satisfy or permit any Parent to satisfy obligations under
the Management Agreements, (B) pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement, or (C) to pay or permit any Parent to pay any Parent Expenses or any Related Taxes; 

(ix) payments by the Company, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions by the Company to any Parent
to make payments, to holders of Capital Stock of the Company or any Parent in lieu of issuance of fractional shares of such Capital Stock, not to exceed $100,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any time; 

(x) dividends or other distributions of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other securities of Unrestricted
Subsidiaries; and 
 (xi) the Transactions; 

provided that (A) in the case of clauses (iii), (vi), (vii) and (ix), the net amount of any such Permitted
Payment shall be included in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments, (B) in the case of clause (v), at the time of any calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments, the net amount of Permitted Payments that have
then actually been made under clause (v) that is in excess of 50% of the total amount of Permitted Payments then permitted under clause (v) shall be included in such calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments, (C) in all
cases other than pursuant to clauses (A) and (B) immediately above, the net amount of any such Permitted Payment shall be excluded in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments and (D) solely with respect to clause
(vii), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing at the time of any such Permitted Payment after giving effect thereto. 
 Section 410. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause to
exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed
to the Company, (ii) make any loans or advances to the Company or (iii) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company, except any encumbrance or restriction: 

(1) pursuant to an agreement or instrument in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date, any Credit
Facility, the Senior Indenture, this Indenture, the Senior Notes or the Notes; 

  
 64 

 (2) pursuant to any agreement or instrument of a Person, or
relating to Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets from such Person, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger or consolidation (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was Incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with,
such acquisition, merger or consolidation); provided that for purposes of this clause (2), if another Person is the Successor Company, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed
acquired or assumed, as the case may be, by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes the Successor Company; 

(3) pursuant to an agreement or instrument (a “Refinancing Agreement”) effecting a
refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise extends, renews, refunds, refinances or replaces, an agreement or instrument referred to in clause (1) or (2) of this Section 410 or this clause (3) (an
“Initial Agreement”) or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an Initial Agreement (an “Amendment”); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any
such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment are not materially less favorable to the Holders of the Notes taken as a whole than encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or
Amendment relates (as determined in good faith by the Company); 
 (4) (A) that
restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract, (B) by virtue
of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture, (C) contained in mortgages, pledges or
other security agreements securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent restricting the transfer of the property or assets subject thereto, (D) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property
interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (E) pursuant to Purchase Money Obligations that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property or assets so acquired,
(F) on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, (G) pursuant to customary provisions contained in agreements and instruments entered into in
the ordinary course of business (including leases and joint venture and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business), (H) that arises or is agreed to in the ordinary course of business and does not detract
from the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary or (I) pursuant to Hedging Obligations; 

  
 65 

 (5) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary (or any of its
property or assets) imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to
such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition; 
 (6) by reason of any
applicable law, rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their businesses; or 

(7) pursuant to an agreement or instrument (A) relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be
Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 407 (i) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the
Holders of the Notes than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreements (as determined in good faith by the Company), or (ii) if such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the
Holders of the Notes than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Company) and either (x) the Company determines that such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Company’s ability
to make principal or interest payments on the Notes or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or financial covenant relating to such Indebtedness, (B) relating to any sale
of receivables by a Foreign Subsidiary or (C) relating to Indebtedness of or a Financing Disposition to or by any Receivables Entity. 
 Section 411. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Asset Disposition unless

 (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration (including by way of
relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the fair market value of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition, as
such fair market value may be determined (and shall be determined, to the extent such Asset Disposition or any series of related Asset Dispositions involves aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million) in good faith by the Board of Directors,
whose determination shall be conclusive (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration), 
 (ii) in the case of any Asset Disposition (or series of related Asset Dispositions) having a fair market value of $15.0 million or more, at least 75% of the consideration therefor (excluding, in the case
of an Asset Disposition (or series of related Asset Dispositions), any consideration by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise, that are not Indebtedness) received by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash, and 

  
 66 

 (iii) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from
such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company (or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) as follows: 
 (A) first, either (x) to the extent the Company elects (or is required by the terms of any Bank Indebtedness, any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any
Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor), to prepay, repay or purchase any such Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) within 365 days after the later of
the date of such Asset Disposition and the date of receipt of such Net Available Cash, or (y) to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, to reinvest in Additional Assets (including by means of an investment in
Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary with an amount equal to Net Available Cash received by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 365 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition and the date of receipt of such
Net Available Cash, or, if such reinvestment in Additional Assets is a project authorized by the Board of Directors that will take longer than such 365 days to complete, the period of time necessary to complete such project; 

(B) second, to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance
with clause (A) above (such balance, the “Excess Proceeds”), to make an offer to purchase Notes and (to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, or is required by the terms thereof) to purchase, redeem or
repay any other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant and subject to Section 411(b) and Section 411(c) and the agreements governing such other Indebtedness; and 

(C) third, to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance
with clauses (A) and (B) above, to fund (to the extent consistent with any other applicable provision of this Indenture) any general corporate purpose (including the repurchase, repayment or other acquisition or retirement of any
Subordinated Obligations); 
 provided, however, that in connection with any prepayment, repayment
or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (A)(x) or (B) above, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall retire such Indebtedness and shall cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to
the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
Section 411, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be required to apply any Net Available Cash in accordance with this Section 411 except to the extent that the aggregate Net Available Cash from all Asset
Dispositions that is not applied in accordance with this Section 411 exceeds $20.0 million. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted 

  
 67 

 
Subsidiary validly tendered and not withdrawn (or otherwise subject to purchase, redemption or repayment) in connection with an offer pursuant to clause (B) above exceeds the Excess
Proceeds, the Excess Proceeds shall be apportioned between such Notes and such other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, with the portion of the Excess Proceeds payable in respect of such Notes to equal the lesser of
(x) the Excess Proceeds amount multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such Notes and the denominator of which is the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and the
outstanding principal amount of the relevant other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and (y) the aggregate principal amount of Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn. 

For the purposes of clause (ii) of paragraph (a) above, the following are deemed to be cash:
(1) Temporary Cash Investments and Cash Equivalents, (2) the assumption of Indebtedness of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock of the Company) or any Restricted Subsidiary and the release of the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition, (3) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a
result of such Asset Disposition, to the extent that the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition,
(4) securities received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days, (5) consideration consisting of Indebtedness
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (6) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in an Asset Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with
all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause, not to exceed an aggregate amount at any time outstanding equal to 3% of Consolidated Tangible Assets (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash
Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value). 

(b) In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of Notes pursuant to
Section 411(a)(iii)(B), the Company shall be required to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to an offer by the Company for the Notes (the “Offer”) at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount plus accrued
and unpaid interest to the purchase date in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the event of oversubscription) set forth in Section 411(c). If the aggregate purchase price of the Notes tendered pursuant to the Offer is
less than the Net Available Cash allotted to the purchase of Notes, the remaining Net Available Cash shall be available to the Company for use in accordance with Section 411(a)(iii)(B) (to repay other Indebtedness of the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary) or Section 411(a)(iii)(C). The Company shall not be required to make an Offer for Notes pursuant to this Section 411 if the Net Available Cash available therefor (after application of the proceeds as
provided in Section 411(a)(iii)(A)) is less than $20.0 million for any particular Asset Disposition (which lesser amounts shall be carried forward for purposes of determining whether an Offer is required with respect to the Net Available
Cash from any subsequent Asset Disposition). 

  
 68 

 (c) The Company shall, not later than 45 days after the Company becomes
obligated to make an Offer pursuant to this Section 411, mail a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating: (1) that an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of a portion of the Notes has occurred and
that such Holder has the right (subject to the prorating described below) to require the Company to purchase a portion of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to Section 307); (2) the circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such Asset Disposition; (3) the repurchase date (which shall
be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); (4) the instructions determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 411, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes
purchased; and (5) the amount of the Offer. If, upon the expiration of the period for which the Offer remains open, the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the amount of the Offer, the Company shall select
the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples thereof shall be purchased). 

(d) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act
and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 411. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this
Section 411, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 411 by virtue thereof. 

Section 412. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit
any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the
Company (an “Affiliate Transaction”) unless (i) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are not materially less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that could be
obtained at the time in a transaction with a Person who is not such an Affiliate and (ii) if such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate consideration in excess of $15.0 million, the terms of such Affiliate Transaction have been
approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors. For purposes of this Section 412(a), any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in this Section 412(a) if (x) such
Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors or (y) in the event there are no Disinterested Directors, a fairness opinion is provided by a nationally recognized appraisal or investment banking firm with
respect to such Affiliate Transaction. 
 (b) The provisions of Section 412(a) shall not apply to:

 (i) any Restricted Payment Transaction, 

(ii) (1) the entering into, maintaining or performance of any employment contract, collective
bargaining agreement, benefit plan, program or arrangement, related trust agreement or any other similar arrangement for or with any employee, officer or 

  
 69 

 
director heretofore or hereafter entered into in the ordinary course of business, including vacation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or other similar
plans, programs or arrangements, (2) the payment of compensation, performance of indemnification or contribution obligations, or any issuance, grant or award of stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, to
employees, officers or directors in the ordinary course of business, (3) the payment of reasonable fees to directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Company or such Subsidiary),
(4) any transaction with an officer or director in the ordinary course of business not involving more than $100,000 in any one case, or (5) Management Advances and payments in respect thereof, 

(iii) any transaction with the Company, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Receivables Entity, 

(iv) any transaction arising out of agreements or instruments in existence on the Issue Date, and any
payments made pursuant thereto, 
 (v) any transaction in the ordinary course of business on
terms not materially less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be obtained at the time in a transaction with a Person who is not an Affiliate of the Company, 

(vi) any transaction in the ordinary course of business, or approved by a majority of the Board of
Directors, between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate of the Company controlled by the Company that is a joint venture or similar entity, 

(vii) the execution, delivery and performance of any Tax Sharing Agreement and any Management Agreements,
including (1) payment to CDR or any Affiliate of CDR of a fee of up to $18.0 million plus out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the Transactions, and (2) payment to CDR or any Affiliate of CDR of fees of up to $2.0
million in any fiscal year, and fees in connection with any acquisition, merger, recapitalization or similar transaction as provided in any such Management Agreement, plus all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by CDR or any such Affiliate in
connection with its performance of management consulting, monitoring, financial advisory or other services with respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and 

(viii) the Transactions, all transactions in connection therewith (including the financing thereof), and
all fees and expenses paid or payable in connection with the Transactions. 
 Section 413. Limitation on
Liens. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock of any other
Person), whether owned on the date of this Indenture or thereafter acquired, securing any Indebtedness of 

  
 70 

 
the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor that by its terms is expressly subordinated in right of payment to or ranks pari passu in right of payment with the Notes or such Subsidiary
Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee thereof (the “Initial Lien”), unless contemporaneously therewith effective provision is made to secure the Indebtedness due under this Indenture and the Notes or, in respect of Liens on any
Restricted Subsidiary’s property or assets, any Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, equally and ratably with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations) such
obligation for so long as such obligation is so secured by such Initial Lien. Any such Lien thereby created in favor of the Notes or any such Subsidiary Guarantee shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon
(i) the release and discharge of the Initial Lien to which it relates or (ii) any sale, exchange or transfer (other than a transfer constituting a transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company that is
governed by the provisions of Section 501) to any Person not an Affiliate of the Company of the property or assets secured by such Initial Lien, or of all of the Capital Stock held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in, or all
or substantially all the assets of, any Restricted Subsidiary creating such Initial Lien. 
 Section 414.
Future Subsidiary Guarantors. After the Issue Date, the Company shall cause each Significant Domestic Subsidiary that guarantees payment by the Company of any Bank Indebtedness of the Company to execute and deliver to the Trustee a
Supplemental Indenture or other instrument pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall guarantee payment of the Notes, whereupon such Subsidiary shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor for all purposes under this Indenture. In addition, the Company may
cause any Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor to so guarantee payment of the Notes and become a Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 Section 415. Purchase of Notes Upon a Change in Control. (a) Upon the occurrence after the Issue Date of a Change of Control, each Holder shall have the right to require the Company to
repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase (subject to Section 307);
provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase Notes pursuant to this Section 415 in the event that it has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes as provided in Article X.

 (b) In the event that, at the time of such Change of Control, the terms of the Bank Indebtedness restrict or
prohibit the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to this Section 415, then prior to the mailing of the notice to Holders provided for in Section 415(c) but in any event not later than 30 days following the date the Company
obtains actual knowledge of any Change of Control (unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes as provided in Article X), the Company shall (i) repay in full all Bank Indebtedness subject to such terms or
offer to repay in full all such Bank Indebtedness and repay the Bank Indebtedness of each lender who has accepted such offer or (ii) obtain the requisite consent under the agreements governing the Bank Indebtedness to permit the
repurchase of the Notes as provided for in Section 415(c). The Company shall first comply with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence before it shall be required to repurchase Notes pursuant to the provisions set forth in
this Section 415. The Company’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 415(b) or Section 415(c) shall constitute an Event of Default described in Section 601(iv) and not in
Section 601(ii). 

  
 71 

 (c) Unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes as
described under Article X, the Company shall, not later than 30 days following the date the Company obtains actual knowledge of any Change of Control having occurred, mail a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating:
(1) that a Change of Control has occurred or may occur and that such Holder has, or upon such occurrence will have, the right to require the Company to purchase such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the
principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date); (2) the
circumstances and relevant facts and financial information regarding such Change of Control; (3) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); (4) the
instructions determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 415, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased; and (5) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, that
such offer is conditioned on the occurrence of such Change of Control. 
 (d) The Company shall comply, to the
extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 415. To the extent that the provisions of
any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 415, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this
Section 415 by virtue thereof. 
 ARTICLE V 
 SUCCESSORS 
 Section 501. When the Company May
Merge, etc. (a) The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless: 

(i) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) shall be a
Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and
this Indenture by executing and delivering to the Trustee a supplemental indenture or one or more other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee; 

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an
obligation of the Successor Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default shall have occurred and be
continuing; 

  
 72 

 (iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction,
either (A) the Successor Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 407(a) or (B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Successor Company would equal or exceed the
Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction; 
 (iv) each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than any party to any such consolidation or merger) shall have delivered a supplemental indenture or other document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to
the Trustee, confirming its Note Guarantee; and 
 (v) the Company shall have delivered to the
Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer complies with the provisions described in this paragraph, provided that (x) in giving such opinion
such counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii) and as to any matters of fact, and (y) no Opinion of Counsel shall be required for a consolidation, merger or
transfer described in Section 501(b). 
 Any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary (or that is deemed to be Incurred by any Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) as a result of any such transaction undertaken in compliance with this Section 501, and any Refinancing
Indebtedness with respect thereto, shall be deemed to have been Incurred in compliance with Section 407. 
 (b) Clauses (ii) and (iii) of Section 501(a) will not apply to any transaction in which (1) any Restricted Subsidiary consolidates with, merges into or transfers all or
part of its assets to the Company or (2) the Company consolidates or merges with or into or transfers all or substantially all its properties and assets to (x) an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of
reincorporating or reorganizing the Company in another jurisdiction or changing its legal structure to a corporation or other entity or (y) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company so long as all assets of the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction (other than Capital Stock of such Restricted Subsidiary) are owned by such Restricted Subsidiary and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after the consummation thereof.
Section 501(a) will not apply to the Transactions. 
 Section 502. Successor Company
Substituted. Upon any transaction involving the Company in accordance with Section 501 in which the Company is not the Successor Company, the Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right
and power of, the Company under this Indenture, and thereafter the predecessor Company shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture, except that the predecessor Company in the case of a lease of all or substantially all
its assets shall not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes. 

  
 73 

 ARTICLE VI 
 REMEDIES 
 Section 601. Events of Default. An
“Event of Default” means the occurrence of the following: 
 (i) a default in
any payment of interest on any Note when due, whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by Article XIV, continued for a period of 30 days; 

(ii) a default in the payment of principal of any Note when due, whether at its Stated Maturity, upon
optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by Article XIV; 

(iii) the failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Section 501(a);

 (iv) the failure by the Company to comply for 30 days after the notice specified in the
penultimate paragraph of this Section 601 with any of its obligations under Section 415 (other than a failure to purchase the Notes); 

(v) the failure by the Company to comply for 60 days after the notice specified in the penultimate
paragraph of this Section 601 with its other agreements contained in the Notes or this Indenture; 
 (vi) the failure by any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply for 45 days after the notice specified in the penultimate paragraph of this Section 601 with its obligations under its Subsidiary
Guarantee; 
 (vii) the failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay any
Indebtedness within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default, if the total amount of such Indebtedness so unpaid or accelerated exceeds $40.0 million or
its foreign currency equivalent; provided that no Default or Event of Default will be deemed to occur with respect to any such accelerated Indebtedness that is paid or otherwise acquired or retired within 20 Business Days after such
acceleration; 
 (viii) the taking of any of the following actions by the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary, or by each of such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person, pursuant to or within the meaning of any
Bankruptcy Law: 
 (A) the commencement of a voluntary case; 

  
 74 

 (B) the consent to the entry of an order for relief against
it in an involuntary case; 
 (C) the consent to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any
substantial part of its property; or 
 (D) the making of a general assignment for the benefit
of its creditors; 
 (ix) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any
Bankruptcy Law that: 
 (A) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, or
against each of such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person, in an involuntary case; 

(B) appoints (x) a Custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for any
substantial part of its property, or (y) a Custodian of each of such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person, or
for any substantial part of their property in the aggregate; or 
 (C) orders the winding up or
liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, or of each of such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person;

 and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; 

(x) the rendering of any judgment or decree for the payment of money in an amount (net of any insurance
or indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior to or within 90 days from the entry thereof, or to be received in respect thereof in the event any appeal thereof shall be unsuccessful) in excess of $30.0 million or its foreign
currency equivalent against the Company or a Significant Subsidiary, or jointly and severally against other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as
a single Person, that is not discharged, or bonded or insured by a third Person, if such judgment or decree remains outstanding for a period of 90 days following such judgment or decree and is not discharged, waived or stayed; or 

(xi) the failure of any Subsidiary Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary
to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof or of this Indenture) or the denial or disaffirmation in writing by any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary of its obligations under this Indenture or its
Subsidiary Guarantee (other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or such Subsidiary Guarantee or the release of such Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with such Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture), if such Default continues for
10 days. 

  
 75 

 The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any
such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body. 

The term “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar Federal, state or foreign
law for the relief of debtors. The term “Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. 

However, a Default under clause (iv), (v) or (vi) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or
the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes notify the Company of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified in such clause after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the
Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “Notice of Default.” When a Default or an Event of Default is cured, it ceases. 

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an
Officer’s Certificate of any Event of Default under clause (vii) or (x) and any event that with the giving of notice or the lapse of time would become an Event of Default under clause (iv), (v) or (vi), its status and what action
the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. 
 Section 602. Acceleration of
Maturity; Rescission and Annulment. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 601(viii) or Section 601(ix)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders
of at least a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee, in either case specifying in such notice the respective Event of Default and that such notice is a “notice of acceleration,” may
declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable; provided that so long as any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall be outstanding, such acceleration shall not be effective until
the earlier to occur of (x) five Business Days following delivery of a written notice of such acceleration of the Notes to the Company and the holders of all such Designated Senior Indebtedness or each Representative thereof and
(y) the acceleration of any such Designated Senior Indebtedness. Upon the effectiveness of such a declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a declaration
of acceleration in respect of the Notes because an Event of Default specified in Section 601(vii) shall have occurred and be continuing, such declaration of acceleration of the Notes and such Event of Default and all consequences thereof
(including any acceleration or resulting payment default) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded, automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, and be of no further effect, if within 60 days after such Event of Default arose
(x) the Indebtedness that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged, or (y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration or other event or condition (as the case may be) giving rise to such
Event of Default, or (z) the default in respect of such Indebtedness that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured. 

  
 76 

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in
Section 601(viii) or Section 601(ix) occurs and is continuing, the principal of and accrued interest on all the Outstanding Notes will ipso facto become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act
on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any
judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except non-payment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of such acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair
any right consequent thereto. 
 Section 603. Other Remedies; Collection Suit by Trustee. If an
Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, but is not obligated under Section 603 to, pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any
provision of the Notes or this Indenture. If an Event of Default specified in Section 601(i) or 601(ii) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the
Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 707. 

Section 604. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or
documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes, its creditors or its property and, unless
prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each
Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 707. 
 No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or
composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. 

Section 605. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes. All rights of action and claims under
this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in
its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit
of the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such judgment has been recovered. 

  
 77 

 Section 606. Application of Money Collected. Any money collected
by the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon
presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid: 
 First: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 707; 
 Second: To holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company to the extent required by Article XIV; 

Third: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Notes for principal (and premium,
if any) and interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and
interest, respectively; and 
 Fourth: to the Company. 

Section 607. Limitation on Suits. No Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes
unless: 
 (i) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of
Default is continuing; 
 (ii) Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding
Notes have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy; 
 (iii) such Holder or
Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense; 
 (iv) the Trustee has not complied with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and 

(v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a
direction inconsistent with the request within such 60-day period. 
 A Holder may not use this Indenture to
affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another Holder, to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder or to enforce any right under this Indenture except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders.

  
 78 

 Section 608. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and
Interest. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the absolute and unconditional right to receive payment of the principal of and all (subject to Section 307) interest on such Note on
the respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates expressed in such Note and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates, and such right shall not be impaired
without the consent of such Holder. 
 Section 609. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the
Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture or any Note and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such
Holder, then and in every such case the Company, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and
thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted. 
 Section 610. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and
every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or
remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 
 Section 611. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any
such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article VI or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often
as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be. 
 Section 612.
Control by Holders. The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee
or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided that 
 (1) such
direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, and 
 (2) the
Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. 

  
 79 

 However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with
law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 701, that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the
Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion
against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. This Section 612 shall be in lieu of § 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA, and such § 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and
the Notes, as permitted by the TIA. 
 Section 613. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of not less
than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any past Default hereunder and its consequences, except a Default 

(1) in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note (which may only be waived with the consent
of each Holder of Notes affected), or 
 (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that
pursuant to the second paragraph of Section 902 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected. 
 Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend
to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. In case of any such waiver, the Company, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and
rights hereunder and under the Notes, respectively. This paragraph of this Section 613 shall be in lieu of § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA and such § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the
Notes, as permitted by the TIA. 
 Section 614. Undertaking for Costs. All parties to this Indenture
agree, and each Holder of any Note by such Holder’s acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or the Notes, or in
any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable
costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant. This Section 614 shall not apply to any suit
instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of
the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note on or after the respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates expressed in such Note. 
 Section 615. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws. The Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or
take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury or 

  
 80 

 
other similar law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of (or premium, if any) or
interest on the Notes contemplated herein or in the Notes or that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such
law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 

ARTICLE VII 

THE TRUSTEE 
 Section 701. Certain Duties and Responsibilities. (a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default, 

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in
this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and 
 (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions
furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a
duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, but need not verify the contents thereof. 
 (b) In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their
exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs. 

(c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action,
its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 701(a); (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in
good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in
accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 612. 
 (d) No provision of this
Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to
believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 

  
 81 

 (e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this
Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 701 and Section 703. 

Section 702. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the
Trustee must mail within 90 days after it occurs, to all Holders as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register, notice of such Default hereunder known to the Trustee unless such Default shall have been cured or waived; provided,
however, that, except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive
committee or a trust committee of Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders. 

Section 703. Certain Rights of Trustee. Subject to the provisions of Section 701: 

(1) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution,
certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper
party or parties; 
 (2) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be
sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order thereof, and any resolution of any Person’s board of directors shall be sufficiently evidenced if certified by an Officer of such Person as having been duly adopted and being in full
force and effect on the date of such certificate; 
 (3) whenever in the administration of this
Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith
on its part, rely upon an Officer’s Certificate of the Company; 
 (4) the Trustee may
consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

 (5) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested
in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be
incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction; 

  
 82 

 (6) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation
into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document; and 

(7) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either
directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder. 

Section 704. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes. The recitals contained herein and in the
Notes, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no
representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder
and that the statements made by it in a Statement of Eligibility and Qualification on Form T-1 supplied to the Company and any other obligor upon the Notes in connection with the registration of any Notes and any Subsidiary Guarantees issued
hereunder are and will be true and accurate subject to the qualifications set forth therein. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Notes or the proceeds thereof.

 Section 705. May Hold Notes. The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any
Note Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and, subject to Section 708 and Section 713, may otherwise deal with the Company or its
Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or such other agent. 
 Section 706. Money Held in Trust. Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no
liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company. 
 Section 707. Compensation and Reimbursement. The Company agrees, 
 (1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by the Trustee hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the
compensation of a trustee of an express trust); 
 (2) except as otherwise expressly provided
herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its
agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith; and 

  
 83 

 (3) to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless
against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on the Trustee’s part, arising out of or in connection with the administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses of defending
itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. 
 The Company
need not pay for any settlement made without its consent. 
 Section 708. Conflicting Interests. If
the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the TIA, the Trustee shall eliminate such interest, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee with such conflict or resign, to the extent and in the manner
provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the TIA and this Indenture. To the extent permitted by the TIA, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have a conflicting interest by virtue of being a trustee under this Indenture with respect to Original
Notes and Additional Notes, or a trustee under any other indenture between the Company and the Trustee. 

Section 709. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility. There shall at all times be one (and only one) Trustee
hereunder. The Trustee shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the TIA to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If any such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to
the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section and to the extent permitted by the TIA, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set
forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 709, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect
hereinafter specified in this Article. 
 Section 710. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of
Successor. No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable
requirements of Section 711. 
 The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof
to the Company. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 711 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition
any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 The Trustee may be removed at
any time by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company. 
 If at any time: 

  
 84 

 (1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with
Section 708 after written request therefor by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months, or 

(2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 709 and shall fail to resign after
written request therefor by the Company or by any such Holder, or 
 (3) the Trustee shall
become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose
of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, 
 then, in any such case, (A) the Company may remove the Trustee,
or (B) subject to Section 614, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees. 
 If the Trustee shall resign,
be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 711. If,
within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered to the Company and
the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 711, become the successor Trustee and to that extent supersede
the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 711, then, subject to Section 614,
any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee. 

The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor
Trustee to all Holders in the manner provided in Section 110. Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office. 

Section 711. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor. In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor
Trustee, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall
become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such
retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor
Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder. 

  
 85 

 Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any
and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to above. 
 No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article VII. 

Section 712. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business. Any corporation into which the
Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the
corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VII, without the execution or filing of any paper or any
further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt
such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes. 
 Section 713. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company. If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), the Trustee
shall be subject to the provisions of the TIA regarding the collection of claims against the Company (or any such other obligor) or realizing on certain property received by it in respect of such claims. 

Section 714. Appointment of Authenticating Agent. The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent acceptable
to the Company to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a Trust Officer, a copy of which instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Company. Unless limited by the terms of such
appointment, an Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication (or execution of a certificate of authentication) by the Trustee includes authentication (or execution of
a certificate of authentication) by such Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands. 

ARTICLE VIII 

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY  
 TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY 
 Section 801. The Company
to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders. The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee 

  
 86 

 (1) semi-annually, not more than 10 days after each Regular
Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such Regular Record Date, and 

(2) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the
Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished; 
 provided, however, that if and so long as the Trustee shall be the Note Registrar, no such list need be furnished pursuant to this Section 801. 

Section 802. Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders. The Trustee shall preserve, in as
current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list, if any, furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 801 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee
in its capacity as Note Registrar; provided, however, that if and so long as the Trustee shall be the Note Registrar, the Note Register shall satisfy the requirements relating to such list. None of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor
or the Trustee or any other Person shall be under any responsibility with regard to the accuracy of such list. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 801 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

 The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or
under the Notes, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the TIA. 

Every Holder of Notes, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the
Company nor the Trustee, nor any agent of either of them, shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the TIA. 

Section 803. Reports by Trustee. Within 60 days after each March 1 beginning with March 1, 2005,
the Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the TIA at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto for so long as any Notes remain
outstanding. A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which any Notes are listed, with the SEC and with the Company. The Company will notify the Trustee when
any Notes are listed on any stock exchange. 
 ARTICLE IX 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT OR WAIVER 
 Section 901. Without Consent of Holders. Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes, the Company, the Trustee and (as applicable) each Subsidiary Guarantor may amend or supplement this
Indenture or the Notes, for any of the following purposes: 

  
 87 

 (1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or
inconsistency, 
 (2) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the obligations of
the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture, 
 (3) to provide for uncertificated
Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, 
 (4) to add Guarantees with respect to
the Notes, to secure the Notes, to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release, termination or discharge is provided for under this Indenture,

 (5) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any
right or power conferred upon the Company, 
 (6) to provide for or confirm the issuance of
Additional Notes, 
 (7) to provide that any Indebtedness that becomes or will become an
obligation of a Successor Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to a transaction governed by Article V (and that is not a Subordinated Obligation) is Senior Subordinated Indebtedness for purposes of this Indenture, 

(8) to make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder under the Notes
or this Indenture, or 
 (9) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the
qualification of this Indenture under the TIA or otherwise. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
Section 901 and Section 902, the Company, VWR International, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, VWR International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and the Trustee may execute and deliver the Merger Supplemental Indentures, in
each case without notice to or consent of any Holder. 
 Section 902. With Consent of Holders.
Subject to Section 608, the Company, the Trustee and (if applicable) each Subsidiary Guarantor may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes), and the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee
(including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes) may waive any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes
or any Subsidiary Guarantee. 

  
 88 

 Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 902, without the
consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 613, may not: 
 (i) reduce the principal amount of the Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment or waiver; 
 (ii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note; 
 (iii) reduce the principal or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note; 
 (iv) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the date on which any Note may be redeemed as described in Section 1001; 

(v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note; 

(vi) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s
Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes; 

(vii) make any change in Article XIV or Article XV that adversely affects the rights of any
Holder in any material respect; or 
 (viii) make any change in the amendment or waiver
provisions described in this paragraph. 
 Notwithstanding Section 901 and the foregoing provisions
of this Section 902, no amendment to Article XIV or Article XV of this Indenture or the definitions relating thereto that adversely affects the rights of any holder of Senior Indebtedness at the time outstanding (which
Senior Indebtedness has been previously designated in writing by the Company to the Trustee for this purpose) may be made unless the holders of such Senior Indebtedness (or any group or representative thereof authorized to give a consent) consent in
writing to such amendment. 
 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this
Section 902 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 902 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to
the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any
supplemental indenture or the effectiveness of any such amendment, supplement or waiver. 
 Section 903.
Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers. The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties,
liabilities or 

  
 89 

 
immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may, but need not, sign it. In signing or refusing to sign such amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and
shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and that,
subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other laws now or hereinafter in effect affecting creditors’ rights or remedies generally and the general principles of
equity (including standards of materiality, good faith, fair dealing and reasonableness), whether considered in a proceeding at law or at equity, such amendment, supplement or waiver is a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable
against the Company in accordance with its terms. 
 Section 904. Revocation and Effect of Consents.
Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or any Note that evidences all or any part of the same debt as the consenting
Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. Subject to the following paragraph of this Section 904, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to such Holder’s Note by written
notice to the Trustee or the Company, received by the Trustee or the Company, as the case may be, before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have
consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver. The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment,
supplement or waiver as set forth in Section 108. 
 After an amendment, supplement or waiver
becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder of Notes, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (i) through (viii) of the second paragraph of Section 902. In that case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall
bind each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of such Note or any Note that evidences all or any part of the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note. 

Section 905. Conformity with TIA. Every amendment or supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article
shall conform to the requirements of the TIA as then in effect. 
 Section 906. Notation on or Exchange
of Notes. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee shall (if required by the Company and in accordance with the specific direction of the Company) request the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee.
The Trustee shall (if required by the Company and in accordance with the specific direction of the Company) place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee
so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of
such amendment, supplement or waiver. 

  
 90 

 ARTICLE X 
 REDEMPTION OF NOTES 
 Section 1001. Right of
Redemption. (a) The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, and from time to time on and after April 15, 2009 and prior to maturity at the applicable redemption price set forth below. Such
redemption may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with Section 1005. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of
the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption and notice may, in the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including
the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Notes will be so redeemable at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the relevant Redemption Date (subject to
Section 307), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on April 15 of the years set forth below: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 2009
	  	 	104.000	% 
	 2010
	  	 	102.667	% 
	 2011
	  	 	101.333	% 
	 2012 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 (b) In addition, at any time and from time to time on or prior to April 15, 2007,
the Company at its option may redeem Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes), with funds in an equal aggregate amount (the
“Redemption Amount”) not exceeding the aggregate proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 108.000%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any,
to the Redemption Date (subject to Section 307); provided, however, that an aggregate principal amount of Notes equal to at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the principal amount of
any Additional Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption. The Company may make such redemption upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with Section 1005 (but in no
event more than 180 days after the completion of the related Equity Offering). The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be
performed by another Person. Any such notice may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions
precedent, including the completion of the related Equity Offering. 

  
 91 

 (c) At any time prior to April 15, 2009, Notes may also be redeemed or
purchased (by the Company or any other Person) in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at a price (the “Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and
accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, the Redemption Date (subject to Section 307). Such redemption or purchase may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with
Section 1005. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person. Any such
redemption, purchase or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including the occurrence of a Change of Control. 

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note at any Redemption Date, the greater of
(i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such Redemption Date of (1) the redemption price of such Note on April 15, 2009 (such redemption price
being that described in Section 1001(a)), plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through such date, computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis
points, over (B) the principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date. Calculation of the Applicable Premium will be made by the Company or on behalf of the Company by such Person as the Company shall designate; provided that
such calculation shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee. 
 “Treasury Rate” means,
with respect to a Redemption Date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has
become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption
Date to April 15, 2009; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury
Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the Redemption Date
to such date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used. 

Section 1002. Applicability of Article. Redemption or purchase of Notes as permitted by
Section 1001 shall be made in accordance with this Article X. 
 Section 1003.
Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee. In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of less than all of the Notes, the Company shall, at least 30 days prior to the Redemption Date initially fixed by the Company (unless a shorter
notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed. 

  
 92 

 Section 1004. Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed. In
the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion
shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Note of $1,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. 
 The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. On
and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption. 
 For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part,
to the portion of the principal of such Note that has been or is to be redeemed. 
 Section 1005. Notice
of Redemption. Notice of redemption or purchase as provided in Section 1001 shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Notes to
be redeemed, at such Holder’s address appearing in the Note Register. 
 Any such notice shall state: 

(1) the expected Redemption Date, 

(2) the redemption price, 

(3) if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of
partial redemption, the respective principal amounts) of the Notes to be redeemed, 
 (4) that,
on the Redemption Date, the redemption price will become due and payable upon each such Note, and that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of
this Indenture, interest thereon shall cease to accrue from and after said date, and 
 (5) the
place where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price. 
 In addition, if such
redemption, purchase or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, as permitted by Section 1001, such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Company’s
discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not
have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date as so delayed. 

  
 93 

 The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price
and the performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. 
 Notice of such redemption or purchase of Notes to be so redeemed or purchased at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request (made to the Trustee at least
40 days (or such shorter period as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) prior to the Redemption Date), by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. 

The notice if mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the
Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption
of any other Note. 
 Section 1006. Deposit of Redemption Price. On or prior to any Redemption Date,
the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, the Company shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 403) an amount of money sufficient to pay the
redemption price of, and any accrued and unpaid interest on, all the Notes or portions thereof which are to be redeemed on that date. 
 Section 1007. Notes Payable on Redemption Date. Notice of redemption having been given as provided in this Article X, the Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become
due and payable at the redemption price herein specified and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the redemption price or the Paying Agent is prohibited from paying the redemption price pursuant to the terms
of this Indenture) such Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of such Notes for redemption in accordance with such notice, such Notes shall be paid by the Company at the redemption price. Installments of interest whose Interest Payment
Date is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes registered as such on the relevant Regular Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307. 

On and after any Redemption Date, if money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and any accrued and unpaid interest
on Notes called for redemption shall have been made available in accordance with Section 1006, the Notes (or the portions thereof) called for redemption will cease to accrue interest and the only right of the Holders of such Notes (or
portions thereof) will be to receive payment of the redemption price of and, subject to the last sentence of the preceding paragraph, any accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes (or portions thereof) to the Redemption Date. If any Note (or portion
thereof) called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Note (or portion thereof). 

  
 94 

 Section 1008. Notes Redeemed in Part. Any Note that is to be
redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at the Place of Payment (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the
Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as
requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered. 
 ARTICLE XI  
 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE 

Section 1101. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect
(except as to any surviving rights of registration of or transfer or exchange of Notes herein expressly provided for), and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture, when 
 (i) either 

(a) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes that have been
destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306, and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and
thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 403) have been delivered to the Trustee cancelled or for cancellation; or 

(b) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee cancelled or for cancellation 

(1) have become due and payable, or 

(2) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or 

(3) have been or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, 
 (ii) the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee an amount in United States dollars, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, sufficient (without
reinvestment) to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee cancelled or for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes that
have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be; 

  
 95 

 (iii) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other
sums then payable hereunder by the Company; and 
 (iv) the Company has delivered to the Trustee
an Officer’s Certificate of the Company and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this Section 1101 relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied
with, provided that any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii)). 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under
Section 707 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 1101(ii), the obligations of the Trustee under Section 1102 shall survive. 

Section 1102. Application of Trust Money. Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of
Section 403, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 1101 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or
through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 ARTICLE XII 
 DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE 
 Section 1201.
The Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Company may, concurrently (and not separately) at its option, at any time, elect to have terminated the obligations of the Company with respect to Outstanding Notes
and to have terminated all of the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors with respect to the Subsidiary Guarantees, in each case, as set forth in this Article XII, and elect to have either Section 1202 or
Section 1203 be applied to all of the Outstanding Notes (the “Defeased Notes”), upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in Section 1204. Either Section 1202 or Section 1203
may be applied to the Defeased Notes to any Redemption Date or the Stated Maturity of the Notes. 

Section 1202. Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 1201 of
the option applicable to this Section 1202, the Company shall be deemed to have been released and discharged from its obligations with respect to the Defeased Notes on the date the relevant conditions set forth in
Section 1204 below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the Defeased
Notes, which shall thereafter be 

  
 96 

 
deemed to be “Outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 1205 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below, and the Company
and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have satisfied all other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments
acknowledging the same), except for the following, which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of Defeased Notes to receive, solely from the trust fund described in
Section 1204 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to
such Defeased Notes under Sections 304, 305, 306, 402, 403 and 416, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, including the Trustee’s rights under
Section 707, and (d) this Article XII. If the Company exercises its option under this Section 1202, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto. Subject
to compliance with this Article XII, the Company may, at its option and at any time, exercise its option under this Section 1202 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 1203 with respect to the
Notes. 
 Section 1203. Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Company’s exercise under
Section 1201 of the option applicable to this Section 1203, (a) the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be released from their respective obligations under any covenant or provision contained in
Section 405 and Sections 407 through 415 and the provisions of clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) of Section 501(a) shall not apply, and (b) the occurrence of any event specified in clause (iv),
(v) (with respect to Section 405 and Sections 407 through 415, inclusive), (vi), (vii), (viii) (with respect to Subsidiaries), (ix) (with respect to Subsidiaries), (x) or (xi) of
Section 601 shall be deemed not to be or result in an Event of Default, in each case with respect to the Defeased Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant
Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not to be “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such
covenants or provisions, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the Outstanding Notes, the Company and the Subsidiary
Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant or provision, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such
covenant or provision or by reason of any reference in any such covenant or provision to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under
Section 601, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Outstanding Notes shall be unaffected thereby. 

  
 97 

 Section 1204. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 1202 or Section 1203 to the Outstanding Notes: 
 (1) The Company shall have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee in trust cash, in United States dollars, or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in amounts as
will be sufficient (without reinvestment), to pay and discharge the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Defeased Notes on the Stated Maturity or relevant Redemption Date in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the
Notes; 
 (2) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of
such deposit; 
 (3) Such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a
Default or Event of Default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound; 

(4) In the case of an election under Section 1202, the Company shall have delivered to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel from Debevoise & Plimpton or other counsel in the United States to the effect that (x) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or
(y) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm to the effect that, the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not
recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Defeasance had
not occurred; provided that such Opinion of Counsel need not be delivered if all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as
provided in Section 306, and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as
provided in Section 403) not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable, will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year
under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company; 
 (5) In the case of an election under Section 1203, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel from Debevoise & Plimpton or other counsel in the United
States to the effect that the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; and 

  
 98 

 (6) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this Section 1204 relating to either the Defeasance under Section 1202 or the Covenant Defeasance under
Section 1203, as the case may be, have been complied with. In rendering such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this
Section 1204 or as to any matters of fact. 
 From and after the time of any deposit pursuant to
clause (1) of the first paragraph of this Section 1204, the money or U.S. Government Obligations so deposited shall not be subject to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company pursuant to the subordination
provisions of Article XIV or Article XV. 
 Section 1205. Deposited Money and U.S.
Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions. Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 403, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the
Trustee (or such other Person that would qualify to act as successor trustee under Article VII, collectively and solely for purposes of this Section 1205, Section 1412 and Section 1512, the
“Trustee”) pursuant to Section 1204 in respect of the Defeased Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly
or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to
the extent required by law. 
 The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee and its agents and hold them
harmless against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 1204, or the principal, premium, if any, and interest received in respect thereof, other than any
such tax, fee or other charge that by law is for the account of the Holders of the Defeased Notes. 
 Anything
in this Article XII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company from time to time, upon Company Request, any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 1204 that, in the
opinion of a nationally recognized accounting or investment banking firm expressed in a written certification thereof to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Defeasance
or Covenant Defeasance. Subject to Article VII, the Trustee shall not incur any liability to any Person by relying on such opinion. 
 Section 1206. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 1202 or 1203, as the case
may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations of the Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors under this Indenture, the
Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred 

  
 99 

 
pursuant to Section 1202 or 1203, as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money and U.S. Government Obligations in
accordance with Section 1202 or 1203, as the case may be; provided, however, that if the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor makes any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the
reinstatement of its obligations, the Company or Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money and U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or
Paying Agent. 
 Section 1207. Repayment to the Company. The Trustee shall pay to the Company upon
Company Request any money held by it for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an
applicable abandoned property law designates another Person and all liability of the Trustee or Paying Agent with respect to such money shall thereupon cease. 
 ARTICLE XIII  
 SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES 

Section 1301. Guarantees Generally. 

(a) Guarantee of Each Subsidiary Guarantor. Each Subsidiary Guarantor, as primary obligor and not merely as
surety, will jointly and severally, irrevocably and fully and unconditionally Guarantee, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, the punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all monetary obligations
of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes, whether for principal of or interest on the Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise (all such obligations guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantors being herein called the “Subsidiary
Guaranteed Obligations”). 
 The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor will be limited to the
maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of
the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee not
constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law, or being void or unenforceable under any law relating to insolvency of debtors. 

(b) Further Agreements of Each Subsidiary Guarantor. (i) Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees that (to the
fullest extent permitted by law) its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor to the
Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Subsidiary Guarantor, the recovery of any
judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same, whether or not a notation concerning its Subsidiary Guarantee is made on any particular Note, or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or
defense of a guarantor. 

  
 100

 (ii) Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waives (to the fullest
extent permitted by law) the benefit of diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice
and all demands whatsoever and covenants that (except as otherwise provided in Section 1303) its Subsidiary Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and
this Subsidiary Guarantee. Such Subsidiary Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees (to the fullest extent permitted by law) that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders of Notes
and the Trustee, on the other hand, subject to this Article XIII and Article XV, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed by its Subsidiary Guarantee may be accelerated as and to the extent provided in Article
VI for the purposes of such Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantee, and (2) in the event of
any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this
Section 1301 for the purpose of such Subsidiary Guarantee. Neither the Trustee nor any other Person shall have any obligation to enforce or exhaust any rights or remedies or to take any other steps under any security for the Guaranteed
Note Obligations or against the Company or any other Person or any property of the Company or any other Person before the Trustee is entitled to demand payment and performance by any or all Subsidiary Guarantors of their obligations under their
respective Subsidiary Guarantees or under this Indenture. 
 (iii) Until terminated in
accordance with Section 1303, each Subsidiary Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Company for liquidation or reorganization, should the Company
become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Company’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be
effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on such Notes, whether as a
“voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes
shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned. 

  
 101

 (c) Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment or distribution under its
Subsidiary Guarantee shall have the right to seek contribution from the Company or any non-paying Subsidiary Guarantor that has also Guaranteed the relevant Guaranteed Note Obligations in respect of which such payment or distribution is made, so
long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantees. 

(d) Each Subsidiary Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing
arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that its Subsidiary Guarantee, and the waiver set forth in Section 1305, are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits. 

(e) Each Subsidiary Guarantor, pursuant to its Subsidiary Guarantee, also hereby agrees to pay any and all reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under its Subsidiary Guarantee. 

Section 1302. Continuing Guarantees. (a) Each Subsidiary Guarantee shall be a continuing Guarantee and
shall (i) subject to Section 1303, remain in full force and effect until payment in full of the principal amount of all Outstanding Notes (whether by payment at maturity, purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other
acquisition) and all other Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantor then due and owing, (ii) be binding upon such Subsidiary Guarantor and (iii) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Trustee,
the Holders and their permitted successors, transferees and assigns. 
 (b) The obligations of each Subsidiary
Guarantor hereunder shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment which would otherwise have reduced or terminated the obligations of any Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder and under its Subsidiary
Guarantee (whether such payment shall have been made by or on behalf of the Company or by or on behalf of a Subsidiary Guarantor) is rescinded or reclaimed from any of the Holders upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made. 

Section 1303. Release of Subsidiary Guarantees. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1302,
Subsidiary Guarantees will be subject to termination and discharge under the circumstances described in this Section 1303: Any Subsidiary Guarantor will automatically and unconditionally be released from all obligations under its
Subsidiary Guarantee, and such Subsidiary Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force or effect, (i) concurrently with any sale or disposition (by merger or otherwise) of any Subsidiary Guarantor or any
interest therein in accordance with the terms of this Indenture (including Section 411 and Section 501) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, following which such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company, (ii) at any time that such Subsidiary Guarantor is released from all of its obligations under all of its Guarantees of payment by the Company of any Bank Indebtedness of the Company (other than by reason of payment under
such Guarantees of Bank Indebtedness), (iii) upon the merger or consolidation of any Subsidiary Guarantor with and into the Company or another Subsidiary Guarantor that is the 

  
 102

 
surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, (iv) concurrently with any Subsidiary Guarantor becoming an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (v) upon legal or covenant
defeasance of the Company’s obligations, or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or (vi) subject to Section 1302(b), upon payment in full of the aggregate principal amount of all Notes then Outstanding and all
other Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations then due and owing. In addition, the Company will have the right, upon 30 days’ notice to the Trustee, to cause any Subsidiary Guarantor that has not guaranteed payment by the Company of any Bank
Indebtedness of the Company to be unconditionally released from all obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, and such Subsidiary Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force or effect. Upon any such occurrence
specified in this paragraph, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence such release, discharge and termination in respect of such Subsidiary Guarantee. 

Upon any such occurrence specified in this Section 1303, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order
to evidence such release, discharge and termination in respect of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee. 

Section 1304. Agreement to Subordinate. Each Subsidiary Guarantee is, to the extent and in the manner set
forth in Article XV, subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantor giving such Subsidiary Guarantee and each Subsidiary Guarantee is made subject to such
provisions of this Indenture. 
 Section 1305. Waiver of Subrogation. Each Subsidiary Guarantor
hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other rights that it may now or hereafter acquire against the Company that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture or
such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture, including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Holder of
Notes against the Company, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, until this Indenture is discharged and all of the Notes are discharged and paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to
any Subsidiary Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and the Notes shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be deemed to have been paid to such Subsidiary Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the
Holders of the Notes, and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of such Holders to be credited and applied upon the Notes, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. 

Section 1306. Notation Not Required. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required to
make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Subsidiary Guarantee or any such release, termination or discharge thereof. 
 Section 1307. Successors and Assigns of Subsidiary Guarantors. All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by each Subsidiary Guarantor shall bind its respective successors and assigns,
whether so expressed or not. 

  
 103

 Section 1308. Execution and Delivery of Subsidiary Guarantees.
The Company shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 414, and each Subsidiary of the Company that the Company causes to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to
Section 414, to promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a Supplemental Indenture substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit D to this Indenture, or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee,
evidencing its Subsidiary Guarantee on substantially the terms set forth in this Article XIII. Concurrently therewith, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee
to the effect that such Supplemental Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and that, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization,
moratorium and other laws now or hereafter in effect affecting creditors’ rights or remedies generally and the general principles of equity (including standards of materiality, good faith, fair dealing and reasonableness), whether considered in
a proceeding at law or at equity, such Supplemental Indenture is a valid and binding agreement of such Restricted Subsidiary, enforceable against such Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with its terms. 

Section 1309. Notices. Notice to any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be sufficient if addressed to such Subsidiary
Guarantor care of the Company at the address, place and manner provided in Section 109. 
 ARTICLE XIV 

SUBORDINATION 
 Section 1401. Agreement to Subordinate. The Company agrees, and each Noteholder by accepting a Note agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is unsecured Senior Subordinated
Indebtedness of the Company, subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article XIV, to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents (when due) of all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of
the Company, and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company. The Notes shall in all respects rank pari passu with all existing and future Senior Subordinated Indebtedness
of the Company and only Indebtedness of the Company that is Senior Indebtedness shall rank senior to the Notes in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article XIV shall be subject to
Section 1412. 
 Section 1402. Liquidation, Dissolution or Bankruptcy. Upon any payment
or distribution of the assets of the Company upon a total or partial liquidation or dissolution or reorganization of or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property, or in a bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding
relating to the Company or its property, 
 (i) the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the
Company will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of such Senior Indebtedness before the Noteholders are entitled to receive any payment from the Company, and 

  
 104

 (ii) until the Senior Indebtedness of the Company is paid in
full in cash or Cash Equivalents, any payment or distribution from the Company to which Noteholders would be entitled but for this Article XIV will be made to holders of such Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear except that
Noteholders may receive shares of stock and any debt securities that are subordinated to such Senior Indebtedness to at least the same extent as the Notes. 
 Section 1403. Default on Senior Indebtedness. The Company may not pay principal of, or premium (if any) or interest on, the Notes or make any deposit pursuant to the provisions of Article
XII and may not otherwise purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Notes (collectively, “pay the Notes”) if (i) any Senior Indebtedness of the Company is not paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents when due or
(ii) any other default on Senior Indebtedness of the Company occurs and the maturity of such Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms (either such event, a “Payment Default”), unless, in either
case, (x) the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded in writing or (y) such Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents. However, the Company may pay
the Notes without regard to the foregoing if the Company and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative for the Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is
continuing. 
 In addition, during the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default) with respect to
any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated immediately without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable
grace period (a “Non-payment Default”), the Company may not pay the Notes for the period specified as follows (a “Payment Blockage Period”). The Payment Blockage Period shall commence upon the receipt by the Trustee
(with a copy to the Company) of written notice (a “Blockage Notice”) of such Non-payment Default from the Representative for such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and shall
end on the earliest to occur of the following events: 
 (1) 179 days shall have elapsed since such receipt of
such Blockage Notice, 
 (2) the Non-payment Default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is no longer continuing
(and no other Payment Default or Non-payment Default is then continuing), 
 (3) such Designated Senior
Indebtedness shall have been discharged or repaid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents, or 
 (4) such Payment
Blockage Period shall have been terminated by written notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice. 
 The Company shall promptly resume payments on the Notes, including any missed payments, after such Payment Blockage Period ends, unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness have or the
Representative of such holders has accelerated the 

  
 105

 
maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, or any Payment Default otherwise exists. Not more than one Blockage Notice to the Company may be given in any 360 consecutive day period,
irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness during such period, except that if any Blockage Notice within such 360-day period is given by or on behalf of any holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness other
than Bank Indebtedness, a Representative of holders of Bank Indebtedness may give another Blockage Notice within such period. In no event may the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period is in effect extend beyond 179 days from
the date of receipt by the Trustee of the relevant Blockage Notice, and there must be a 181 consecutive day period during any 360 consecutive day period during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect. 

Section 1404. Acceleration of Payment of Notes. If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of
Default, the Company or the Trustee (at the expense and request of the Company) shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company (or the Representative of such holders) of the acceleration. If any Designated
Senior Indebtedness of the Company is outstanding, such acceleration will not be effective with respect to the Company until the time specified in Section 602, and the Company may not pay the Notes until five Business Days after such
holders receive or the Representative of each Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company receives notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, the Company may pay the Notes only if this Article XIV otherwise permits payment at that time.

 Section 1405. When a Distribution Must Be Paid Over. If a distribution from the Company is made
to Holders that because of the provisions of this Article XIV should not have been made to them, the Holders who receive the distribution shall hold it in trust for holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company and pay it over to them as
their interests may appear. 
 Section 1406. Subrogation. After all Senior Indebtedness of the
Company is paid in full in cash and Cash Equivalents and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company to receive distributions applicable to such Senior Indebtedness.
For purposes of such subrogation, a distribution made under this Article XIV to holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company that otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders
of such Senior Indebtedness and Holders, a payment by the Company on such Senior Indebtedness, it being understood that the provisions of this Article XIV are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the
Holders, on the one hand, and the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, on the other hand. 

Section 1407. Relative Rights. This Article XIV defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of
Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Indenture shall: 
 (i) impair, as between the Company and
Holders, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms; or 

  
 106

 (ii) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its
available remedies upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions otherwise payable to Holders. 
 Section 1408. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by the Company. No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the
Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Company or by its failure to comply with this Indenture. 
 Section 1409. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact known to the Company that would prohibit the making of any payment to
or by the Trustee in respect of the Notes. Failure to give such notice shall not affect the subordination of the Notes to Senior Indebtedness of the Company. Notwithstanding Section 1403, the Trustee or Paying Agent may continue to make
payments on the Notes and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Trust Officer of the Trustee
receives notice satisfactory to it that such payments may not be made under this Article XIV. The Company, the Note Registrar or co-registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Indebtedness may give the notice;
provided, however, that, if an issue of Senior Indebtedness has a Representative, only the Representative may give the notice. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing
himself or itself to be a holder of any Senior Indebtedness (or a Representative of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of such Senior Indebtedness or Representative thereof. 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Indebtedness with the same rights it would have if it
were not the Trustee. The Note Registrar and co-registrar and the Paying Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article XIV with respect to any Senior Indebtedness that may at
any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness; and nothing in Article VII shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article XIV shall apply to claims of, or
payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 707. 
 Section 1410. Distribution or
Notice to Representative. Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Indebtedness, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any). 

Section 1411. Article XIV Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate. The failure to make
a payment pursuant to the Notes by reason of any provision in this Article XIV shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Subject to Section 1404, nothing in this Article XIV shall have any effect on
the right of the Holders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Notes. 

  
 107

 Section 1412. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated. Notwithstanding
anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of U.S. Government Obligations held in trust under Article XII by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall
not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article XIV, and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Company or any
holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or any other creditor of the Company, so long as the deposit of money or U.S. Government Obligations into such trust was made in accordance with the provisions of Article XII and did not violate
the provisions of this Article XIV at the time such deposit was made. 
 Section 1413. Trustee
Entitled to Rely. Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XIV, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings
of the nature referred to in Section 1402 are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (iii) upon
the Representatives for the holders of Senior Indebtedness for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of the Company, the amount
thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XIV. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the
right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XIV, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the
amount of Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article XIV, and, if such evidence
is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 701 and 703 shall be applicable to all actions or
omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article XIV. 
 Section 1414. Trustee to
Effectuate Subordination. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, authorizes and directs the Trustee on such Holder’s behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Holders
and the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company as provided in this Article XIV and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. 

Section 1415. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness. The Trustee shall not be deemed to
owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or the Company or any other Person money or assets to which any holders
of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XIV or otherwise. With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants or obligations
as are specifically set forth in this Article XIV or Article XV and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. 

  
 108

 Section 1416. Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness on
Subordination Provisions. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Indebtedness of the
Company, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness and such holder of Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed
conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness. 
 Section 1417. Trustee’s Compensation Not Prejudiced. Nothing in this Article XIV shall apply to amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to other Sections of this Indenture. 

ARTICLE XV 

SUBORDINATION OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES 
 Section 1501. Agreement to Subordinate. Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees, and each Noteholder, by accepting a Note, agrees, that each Subsidiary Guarantee will be unsecured Senior Subordinated
Indebtedness of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor, and all payments pursuant to such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee made by or on behalf of such Subsidiary Guarantor are subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the
manner provided in this Article XV, to the prior payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents (when due) of all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor, and that the subordination is for the benefit of and
enforceable by the holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor. Such Subsidiary Guarantee shall in all respects rank pari passu with all existing and future Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor and
only Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor that is Senior Indebtedness shall rank senior to such Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article XV shall be subject to
Section 1512. 
 Section 1502. Liquidation, Dissolution or Bankruptcy. Upon any payment
or distribution of the assets of a Subsidiary Guarantor upon a total or partial liquidation or dissolution or reorganization of or similar proceeding relating to such Subsidiary Guarantor or its property, or in a bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership
or similar proceeding relating to such Subsidiary Guarantor or its property, 
 (i) the holders
of Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash or Cash Equivalents of such Senior Indebtedness before the Noteholders are entitled to receive any payment from such Subsidiary Guarantor; and

 (ii) until the Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor is paid in full in cash or
Cash Equivalents, any payment or distribution from such Subsidiary Guarantor to which Noteholders would be entitled but for this Article XV will be made to holders of 

  
 109

 
such Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear except that Noteholders may receive shares of stock and any debt securities that are subordinated to such Senior Indebtedness to at least
the same extent as the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Subsidiary Guarantor. 
 Section 1503. Default on
Senior Indebtedness. No Subsidiary Guarantor may make any payment pursuant to its Subsidiary Guarantee or otherwise purchase, redeem or otherwise retire or defease any Notes (collectively, “pay its Subsidiary Guarantee”) if
(i) any Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor is not paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents when and to the extent due or (ii) any other default on Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor occurs and the
maturity of such Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms (either such event, a “Guarantor Payment Default”) unless, in either case, (x) the Guarantor Payment Default has been cured or waived and
any such acceleration has been rescinded in writing or (y) such Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents; provided, however, that a Subsidiary Guarantor may pay its Subsidiary Guarantee without
regard to the foregoing if such Guarantor Payment Default relates to Designated Senior Indebtedness and such Subsidiary Guarantor and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representative for the Designated Senior
Indebtedness with respect to which the Guarantor Payment Default has occurred and is continuing. 
 In addition,
no Subsidiary Guarantor may pay its Subsidiary Guarantee during the continuance of a Payment Blockage Period after receipt by the Company and the Trustee of a Blockage Notice under Section 1403. Notwithstanding the provisions described
in the immediately preceding sentence (but subject to the provisions of the first paragraph of this Section 1503), a Subsidiary Guarantor shall promptly resume payments, if any are required, pursuant to its Subsidiary Guarantee,
including any missed payments, after such Payment Blockage Period ends, unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness have or the Representative of such holders has accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, or any
Payment Default otherwise exists. 
 In addition, during the continuance of any default (other than a Guarantor
Payment Default) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated immediately without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such
acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace period (a “Guarantor Non-payment Default”), such Subsidiary Guarantor may not pay its Subsidiary Guarantee for the period specified as follows (a “Guarantor Payment
Blockage Period”). The Guarantor Payment Blockage Period shall commence upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to such Subsidiary Guarantor) of written notice (a “Guarantor Blockage Notice”) of such Guarantor
Non-payment Default from the Representative for such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Guarantor Payment Blockage Period and shall end on the earliest to occur of the following events: (i) 179 days shall
have elapsed since such receipt of such Guarantor Blockage Notice, (ii) the Guarantor Non-payment Default giving rise to such Guarantor Blockage Notice is no longer continuing (and no other Guarantor Payment Default or Guarantor
Non-payment Default is then continuing), (iii) such 

  
 110

 
Designated Senior Indebtedness shall have been discharged or repaid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents or (iv) such Guarantor Payment Blockage Period shall have been terminated by
written notice to the Trustee and such Subsidiary Guarantor from the Person or Persons who gave such Guarantor Blockage Notice. A Subsidiary Guarantor may pay its Subsidiary Guarantee, after such Guarantor Payment Blockage Period ends, unless the
holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness have or the Representative of such holders has accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, or any Guarantor Payment Default otherwise exists. Not more than one Guarantor Blockage
Notice to a Subsidiary Guarantor in the aggregate may be given in any 360 consecutive day period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor during such period, except that if
any Guarantor Blockage Notice within such 360-day period is given by or on behalf of any holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor other than Bank Indebtedness, a Representative of holders of Bank Indebtedness that is
Guaranteed by such Subsidiary Guarantor may give another Guarantor Blockage Notice within such period. In no event may the total number of days during which any Guarantor Payment Blockage Period is in effect extend beyond 179 days from the date of
receipt by the Trustee of the relevant Guarantor Blockage Notice, and there must be a 181 consecutive day period during any 360 consecutive day period during which no Guarantor Payment Blockage Period is in effect. 

Section 1504. Acceleration of Payment of Notes. If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of
Default, the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor or the Trustee (at the expense and request of such Subsidiary Guarantor) shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor (or the Representative of such
holders) of the acceleration. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor is outstanding, any demand for payment under such Subsidiary Guarantee will not be effective with respect to such Subsidiary Guarantor, and such Subsidiary
Guarantor may not pay its Subsidiary Guarantee, until five Business Days after such holders receive or the Representative of each Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor receives notice of such demand and, thereafter, such
Subsidiary Guarantor may pay its Subsidiary Guarantee only if this Article XV otherwise permits payment at that time. If a demand for payment is made on a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Article XIII, the Trustee shall promptly notify
the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor (or their Representatives) of such demand. 
 Section 1505. When a Distribution Must Be Paid Over. If a distribution from a Subsidiary Guarantor is made to Holders that because of the provisions of this Article XV should not have
been made to them, the Holders who receive the distribution shall hold it in trust for holders of Senior Indebtedness and pay it over to them as their interests may appear. 

Section 1506. Subrogation. After all Senior Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor is paid in full in cash or
Cash Equivalents and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor to receive distributions applicable to such Senior Indebtedness. For purposes of such
subrogation, a distribution made under this Article XV to holders of Senior Indebtedness of a 

  
 111

 
Subsidiary Guarantor that otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between such Subsidiary Guarantor, its creditors other than the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, and Holders, a
payment by such Subsidiary Guarantor on such Senior Indebtedness, it being understood that the provisions of this Article XV are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders, on the one hand, and the
holders of Senior Indebtedness of Subsidiary Guarantors, on the other hand. 
 Section 1507. Relative
Rights. This Article XV defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Indebtedness of each Subsidiary Guarantor. Nothing in this Indenture shall: 

(i) impair, as between a Subsidiary Guarantor and Holders, the obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor,
which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms; or 
 (ii) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor to receive distributions
otherwise payable to Holders. 
 Section 1508. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Subsidiary
Guarantors. No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor to enforce the subordination of the payments pursuant to its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by such Subsidiary Guarantor or
by its failure to comply with this Indenture. 
 Section 1509. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent. A
Subsidiary Guarantor shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact known to it that would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee in respect of its Subsidiary Guarantee. Failure to give such notice shall not affect the
subordination of the payments pursuant to its Subsidiary Guarantee to Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor. Notwithstanding Section 1503, the Trustee or Paying Agent may continue to make payments pursuant to such Subsidiary
Guarantee and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Trust Officer of the Trustee receives notice
satisfactory to it that such payments may not be made under this Article XV. The Company, a Subsidiary Guarantor, the Note Registrar or co-registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Indebtedness of a Subsidiary
Guarantor may give the notice; provided, however, that, if an issue of Senior Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor has a Representative, only the Representative may give the notice. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the
delivery to it of a written notice by a Person representing himself or itself to be a holder of any Senior Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor (or a Representative of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of such
Senior Indebtedness or Representative thereof. 
 The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may hold
Senior Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Note Registrar and co-registrar and the Paying Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee 

  
 112

 
shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article XV with respect to any Senior Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent
as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor; and nothing in Article VII shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article XV shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the
Trustee under or pursuant to Section 707. 
 Section 1510. Distribution or Notice to
Representative. Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Guarantor, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their Representative (if any). 

Section 1511. Article XV Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right to Accelerate. The failure to make a
payment pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee by reason of any provision in this Article XV shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article XV shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or
the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Notes or make a demand for payment on any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Article XIII or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantee. 

Section 1512. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary,
payments from money or the proceeds of U.S. Government Obligations held in trust under Article XII by the Trustee for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any
Senior Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article XV, and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to any Subsidiary Guarantor or any holder of Senior
Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor or any other creditor of any Subsidiary Guarantor, so long as the deposit of money or U.S. Government Obligations into such trust was made in accordance with the provisions of Article XII and did not
violate the provisions of this Article XV at the time such deposit was made. 
 Section 1513.
Trustee Entitled to Rely. Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XV, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any
proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 1502 are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or
(iii) upon the Representatives for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness
and other Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XV. In the event that the Trustee
determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of such Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XV, the Trustee may request such
Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts
pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article XV, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee 

  
 113

 
may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 701 and 703 shall be
applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article XV. 

Section 1514. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, authorizes and directs
the Trustee on such Holder’s behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor as provided in this
Article XV and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. 

Section 1515. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness. The Trustee shall not be deemed to
owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or the Company or any other Person, money or assets to
which any holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XV or otherwise. With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants or
obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article XV and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to holders of Senior Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. 

Section 1516. Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness on Subordination Provisions. Each Holder, by
accepting a Note, acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor, whether such Senior
Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness and such holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied
on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness. 
 Section 1517. Trustee’s Compensation Not Prejudiced. Nothing in this Article XV shall apply to amounts due to the Trustee pursuant to other Sections of this Indenture. 

  
 114

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly
executed, all as of the date first written above. 
  

			
	CDRV ACQUISITION CORPORATION
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ GEORGE K. JAQUETTE

		 	 Name:  George K. Jaquette
 Title:    Vice President and Treasurer

  

			
	WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
		
	 By:
	 	 /s/ JOSEPH P. O’DONNELL

		 	 Name:   Joseph P. O’Donnell

Title:    Corporate Trust Officer, Assistant Vice President

  
 115

 EXHIBIT A 

Form of Note1  
 (FACE OF NOTE) 
 CDRV ACQUISITION CORPORATION 

(to be succeeded by virtue of merger by VWR International, Inc.) 
 8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2014 
 CUSIP No. [•]2[•]3 
 No.
                        
          $                     

CDRV Acquisition Corporation, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (and
its successors and assigns, including VWR International, Inc., a Delaware corporation) (the “Company”), promises to pay to             , or registered assigns, the
principal sum of $             ([            ] United States Dollars) [(or such lesser or greater amount as shall
be outstanding hereunder from time to time in accordance with Sections 312 and 313 of the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof)]4 (the “Principal Amount”) on April 15, 2014. The Company promises to pay interest semi-annually on
April 15 and October 15 in each year, commencing October 15, 2004, at the rate of 8% per annum [(subject to adjustment as provided below)]5 [, except that interest accrued on this Note for periods prior to the date on which the Initial Note was surrendered in
exchange for this Note will accrue at the rate or rates borne by such Initial Note from time to time during such
periods]6, until the Principal Amount is paid or made
available for payment. [Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest on this Note or any of its Predecessor Notes has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date.]7 [Interest on this Note will accrue (or will be deemed to have
accrued) from the most recent date to which interest on this Note or any of its Predecessor Notes has been paid or duly provided for or, if no such interest has been paid, from
[            ,             ]8.]9 Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The interest so
payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the
Regular 
  
  

	1 	 Insert any applicable legends from Article II. 

  

	2 	 Include only for Initial Note. 

  

	3 	 Include only for Exchange Note. 

  

	4 	 Include only if the Note is issued in global form. 

  

	5 	 Include only for Initial Note. 

  

	6 	 Include only for Exchange Note. 

  

	7 	 Include only for Original Notes. 

  

	8 	 Insert the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of the applicable Additional Notes, or if the date of issuance of such
Additional Notes is an Interest Payment Date, such date of issuance. 

  

	9 	 Include only for Additional Notes (and Exchange Notes issued in the exchange therefor). 

 Record Date for such interest, which shall be the April 1 or October 1 (whether or not a Business
Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in
whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not more
than 15 days nor less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may
be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture. 
 [The Holder of this Note is entitled to the
benefits of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 7, 2004, among the Company and the initial purchasers named therein (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). Until (i) this Note has been exchanged for an
Exchange Security (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) in an Exchange Offer (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement); (ii) a Shelf Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) registering this
Note under the Securities Act has been declared or becomes effective and this Note has been sold or otherwise transferred by the holder thereof pursuant to and in a manner contemplated by such effective Shelf Registration Statement; (iii) this
Note is sold pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by this Note relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by the Company or pursuant to the Indenture referred
to on the reverse hereof; or (iv) this Note is eligible to be sold pursuant to paragraph (k) of Rule 144: From and including the date on which a Registration Default (as defined below) shall occur to but excluding the date on which such
Registration Default has been cured, additional interest will accrue on this Note until such time as all Registration Defaults have been cured at the rate of (a) prior to the 91st day of such period (for so long as such period is continuing),
0.25% per annum and (b) thereafter (so long as such period is continuing), 0.50% per annum. Any such additional interest shall not exceed such respective rates for such respective periods, and shall not in any event exceed
0.50% per annum in the aggregate, regardless of the number of Registration Defaults that shall have occurred and be continuing. Any such additional interest shall be paid in the same manner and on the same dates as interest payments in respect
of this Note. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of such additional interest will cease. A Registration Default under clause (iv) or (v) below will be deemed cured upon consummation of the Exchange Offer in the
case of a Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed due to a failure to consummate the Exchange Offer within the required time period. For purposes of the foregoing, each of the following events, as more particularly defined in the
Registration Rights Agreement, is a “Registration Default”: (i) neither the Exchange Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) nor a Shelf Registration Statement (applicable to all of the Registrable
Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement)) has been filed with the SEC on or before 150 days after the Issue Date; (ii) the Exchange Registration Statement has not become effective or been declared effective on or before 240
days after the Issue Date; (iii) the Exchange Offer has not been consummated within 270 days after the Issue Date; (iv) if a Shelf Registration Statement required by the Registration Rights Agreement is not declared effective by the SEC on
or before 

  
 2 

 150 days after the date on which the obligation to file the Shelf Registration Statement
arises or (v) if any Shelf Registration Statement required by the Registration Rights Agreement is filed and declared effective, and during the time the Company is required to use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Shelf Registration
Statement to remain effective, (1) the Company shall have suspended the Shelf Registration Statement for more than 30 days in the aggregate in any consecutive twelve-month period and be continuing to suspend the availability of the Shelf
Registration Statement, or (2) the Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective (other than by action of the Company) without being succeeded within 60 days by a Shelf Registration Statement that is filed and declared effective.]10 11 
 Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, or such other office or agency of the Company maintained for that
purpose; provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Note Register. 

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all
purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place. 
 Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been
executed by the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose. 

 
  

	10	 Include only for
Initial Note when required by the Registration Rights Agreement. 

  

	11 	 For an Initial Additional Note, add any similar provision, if any, as may be agreed by the Issuers with respect to additional interest on such Initial
Additional Note. 

  
 3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed. 

 

			
	CDRV ACQUISITION CORPORATION
		
	By	 	 
		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 4 

 This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 

 

			
	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
 As Trustee

		
	By	 	 
		 	Authorized Officer

 Dated: 

  
 5 

 (REVERSE OF NOTE) 
 This Note is one of the duly authorized issue of 8% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2014 of the Company (herein called the “Notes”), issued under an Indenture, dated as of April 7, 2004
(herein called the “Indenture,” which term shall have the meanings assigned to it in such instrument), among the Company, as issuer, the Subsidiary Guarantors from time to time parties thereto, as Subsidiary Guarantors, and Wells Fargo
Bank, National Association, as Trustee (herein called the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor trustee under .the Indenture), and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of
rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, any other obligor upon this Note, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. The terms of the Notes include
those stated in the Indenture and those made a part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in effect from time to time (the “TIA”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred
to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. Additional Notes may be issued under the Indenture which will vote as a class with the Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for purposes of the Indenture. 

All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture. 

This Note may hereafter be entitled to certain other senior subordinated Subsidiary Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders.
Reference is made to Article XIII of the Indenture for terms relating to such Subsidiary Guarantees, including the release, termination and discharge thereof. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required to make any notation on
this Note to reflect any Subsidiary Guarantee or any such release, termination or discharge. 
 The Notes are subordinated to
Senior Indebtedness of the Company, as defined in the Indenture, and the Subsidiary Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness of the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor, as defined in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior
Indebtedness must be paid in full in cash or Cash Equivalents before the Notes or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantee may be paid. The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors agree, and each Noteholder by accepting a Note agrees, to the subordination
provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give it effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purposes. 
 The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, and from time to time on and after April 15, 2009 and prior to maturity at the applicable redemption price set forth
below. Such redemption may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with the Indenture. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of
the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption and notice may, in the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including
the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Notes will be so redeemable at the following 

  
 6 

 redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest,
if any, to the relevant Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on April 15
of the years set forth below: 
  

					
	 Period
	  	Redemption Price	 
	 2009
	  	 	104.000	% 
	 2010
	  	 	102.667	% 
	 2011
	  	 	101.333	% 
	 2012 and thereafter
	  	 	100.000	% 

 In addition, at any time and from time to time on or prior to April 15, 2007, the Company at its
option may redeem Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes), with funds in an equal aggregate amount not exceeding the
aggregate proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 108.000%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders
of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided, however, that an aggregate principal amount of Notes equal to at least 65% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes
(including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption. The Company may make such redemption upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with the
Indenture (but in no event more than 180 days after the completion of the related Equity Offering). The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such
redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such notice may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or
more conditions precedent, including the completion of the related Equity Offering. 
 At any time prior to April 15, 2009,
Notes may also be redeemed or purchased (by the Company or any other Person) in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid
interest, if any, to, the date of redemption or purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). Such redemption or purchase may be made upon notice
mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with the Indenture. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such
redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption, purchase or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including the occurrence of a Change of
Control. 

  
 7 

 The Indenture provides that, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder will
have the right to require that the Company repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of
such repurchase; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase Notes in the event it has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes as described above. 

The Notes will not be entitled to the benefit of a sinking fund. 

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire indebtedness of this Note or certain restrictive covenants and
certain Events of Default with respect to this Note, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture. 
 If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal of the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

 The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights
and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Notes to be affected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the
time Outstanding to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes, to waive compliance by the
Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders
of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note. 

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Note shall not have the right to institute any
proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to
the Notes, the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding shall have made written request to the Trustee to pursue such remedy in respect of such Event of Default as Trustee and offered the Trustee
reasonable security or indemnity, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes at the time Outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute any such
proceeding, for 60 days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of security or indemnity. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Note for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof or any premium
or interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein. 

  
 8 

 No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall
alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed. 

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable in the Note
Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Note
Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to
the designated transferee or transferees. 
 The Notes are issuable only in registered form without coupons in denominations of
$1,000.00 and any integral multiple thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of like tenor of a different authorized
denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same. 
 No service charge shall be made for any such registration,
transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith. 
 Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration or transfer, the Company, any other obligor in respect of this Note, the Trustee and any agent of the Company, such other obligor or the Trustee may
treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and none of the Company, any other obligor upon this Note, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice
to the contrary. 
 No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder, as such, of the Company, any Subsidiary
Guarantor or any Subsidiary of any thereof shall have any liability for any obligation of the Company, or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of,
any such obligation or its creation. Each Holder, by accepting this Note, hereby waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. 

THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE
COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS, AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN
ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES. 

  
 9 

 [FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER] 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto 

Insert Taxpayer Identification No. 
 (Please
print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee) 
  

 
  

 
 the within Note and all rights
thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing 
  

 
 attorney to transfer such Note on the
books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises. 
 [Check One 

 

	 ̈ (a)	this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Rule 144A thereunder.

 or 
  

	 ̈ (b)	this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in
this Note and the Indenture. 

 If neither of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or other Note
Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 313 of the Indenture shall have
been satisfied.]12 

Date:                        
       
  
  

 
  

	12 	 Include only for an Initial Note or an Initial Additional Note, in accordance with the Indenture. 

  
 10 

  

			
		 	NOTICE: The signature to this
		 	assignment must correspond with the name
		 	as written upon the face of the within-
		 	mentioned instrument in every particular,
		 	without alteration or any change
		 	whatsoever.

 Signature
Guarantee:                                       
          
 Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor
institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee
program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 11 

 [TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED. 

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it
exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in
reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is
relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A. 
  

					
	Dated:                            
	 	  

		 	 NOTICE:         To be executed by an executive officer]13

 

  
  

	13 	 Include only for an Initial Note or an Initial Additional Note, in accordance with the Indenture. 

  
 12 

 OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE 

If you wish to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 411 or 415 of the Indenture, check the box:  ̈ 
 If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to
Section 411 or 415 of the Indenture, state the amount (in principal amount) below: 
 $
                                         
        

Date:                     

Your
Signature:                                      
                                  

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note) 
 Signature Guarantee:                        
                                      

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which
requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in
substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

  
 13 

 SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE 

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made: 

 

									
	Date of	  	Amount of decreases in	  	Amount of increases in	  	Principal amount	  	Signature
	Exchange	  	Principal	  	Principal	  	of this Global Note	  	of authorized officer of
	 	  	Amount of this	  	Amount of this Global	  	following such decreases or	  	Trustee or Notes
	 	  	Global Note	  	Note	  	increases	  	Custodian

  
 14 

 EXHIBIT B 
 Form of Certificate of Beneficial Ownership 
 On or after
[                         ], 20[ ] 
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 213 Court Street 

Suite 703 
 Middletown, Connecticut 06457

 Attention: Corporate Trust Department 
 Re:   VWR International, Inc. (the “Company”) 

  8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”) 

Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 This
letter relates to $             principal amount of Notes represented by the offshore [temporary] global note certificate (the “Offshore [Temporary] Global Note”).
Pursuant to Section 313(3) of the Indenture dated as of April 7, 2004 relating to the Notes (the “Indenture”), we hereby certify that (1) we are the beneficial owner of such principal amount of Notes represented by
the Offshore [Temporary] Global Note and (2) we are either (i) a Non-U.S. Person to whom the Notes could be transferred in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S (“Regulation S”) promulgated under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) or (ii) a U.S. Person who purchased securities in a transaction that did not require registration under the Act. 
 You, the Company and counsel for the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or
legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 

 

			
	 Very truly yours,
  

[Name of Holder]

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Signature

 EXHIBIT C 
 Form of Regulation S Certificate 
 Regulation S Certificate

 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 213 Court Street 
 Suite 703 
 Middletown, Connecticut 06457 
 Attention: Corporate Trust Department 

Re: VWR International, Inc. (the “Company”) 
         8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”) 
 Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 In connection with our proposed sale of
$            aggregate principal amount of Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S (“Regulation S”) under
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and accordingly, we hereby certify as follows: 
 1. The offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States (unless such person or the account held by it for which it is acting is excluded from the definition of “U.S. person”
pursuant to Rule 902(k) of Regulation S under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3) of Regulation S) or specifically targeted at an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad. 

2. Either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States or we and any person
acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the buyer was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market, and neither we nor any person acting on our
behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States. 
 3. No directed selling
efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable. 
 4. The proposed transfer of Notes is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 

5. If we are a dealer or a person receiving a selling concession or other fee or remuneration in respect of the Notes,
and the proposed transfer takes place before end of the distribution compliance period under Regulation S, or we are an officer or director of the Company or a distributor, we certify that the proposed transfer is being made in accordance with the
provisions of Rules 903 and 904 of Regulation S. 

 6. If the proposed transfer takes place before the end of the distribution
compliance period under Regulation S, the beneficial interest in the Notes so transferred will be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear (as defined in such Indenture) or Clearstream (as defined in such Indenture). 

7. We have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes. 

You, the Company and counsel for the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this
Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S. 

 

							
		 		 	 Very truly yours,
  

[NAME OF SELLER]

				
		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	Name:
		 		 		 	Title:
		 		 		 	Address:

 Date of this
Certificate:                              ,
200         

  
 2 

 EXHIBIT D 
 Form of Supplemental Indenture in Respect of Subsidiary Guarantee 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of
[                     ] (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among [name of Guarantor(s)] (the “Subsidiary
Guarantor(s)”), VWR International, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and successor in interest to CDRV Acquisition Corporation (together with its respective successors and assigns, the
“Company”), and each other then existing Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture referred to below (the “Existing Guarantors”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to
below. 
 W I T N E S S E T H: 
 WHEREAS, the Company, any Existing Guarantors and the Trustee have heretofore become parties to an Indenture, dated as of April 7, 2004 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the
“Indenture”), providing for the issuance of 8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 of the Company (the “Notes”); 
 WHEREAS, Section 1308 of the Indenture provides that the Company is required to cause the Subsidiary Guarantors to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the
Subsidiary Guarantors shall guarantee the Company’s Guaranteed Note Obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in Article XIII of the Indenture; 

WHEREAS, each Subsidiary Guarantor desires to enter into such supplemental indenture for good and valuable consideration, including
substantial economic benefit in that the financial performance and condition of such Subsidiary Guarantor is dependent on the financial performance and condition of the Company, the obligations hereunder of which such Subsidiary Guarantor has
guaranteed, and on such Subsidiary Guarantor’s access to working capital through the Company’s access to revolving credit borrowings under the Senior Credit Agreement; and 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental
Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and
for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Company, the Existing Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as
follows: 
 1. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble
or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and
not to any particular section hereof. 

 2. Agreement to Guarantee. [The] [Each] Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly
and severally with [all] [any] other Subsidiary Guarantors and fully and unconditionally, to guarantee the Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article XIII of
the Indenture and to be bound by (and shall be entitled to the benefits of) all other applicable provisions of the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor. The Subsidiary Guarantee of each Subsidiary Guarantor is subject to the subordination provisions
of the Indenture. 
 3. Termination, Release and Discharge. [The] [Each] Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee
shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, and [the] [each] Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released and discharged from all obligations in respect of such Subsidiary Guarantee, as and when provided in Section 1303 of the Indenture.

 4. Parties. Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than
the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of [the] [each] Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee or any provision contained herein or in Article XIII of the Indenture. 

5. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE
CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE. 
 6. Ratification of
Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This
Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or
sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture. 
 7.
Counterparts. The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

8. Headings. The section headings herein are for. convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the
meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof. 

  
 2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written. 
  

							
		 		 	 [NAME OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR(S)],
 as Subsidiary Guarantor

				
		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	Name:
		 		 		 	Title:

  

							
		 		 	VWR INTERNATIONAL, INC.
				
		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	Name:
		 		 		 	Title:

  

							
		 		 	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
 ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

				
		 		 	By:	 	  

		 		 		 	Name:
		 		 		 	Title:

  
 3 

 EXHIBIT E 
 Form of Merger Supplemental Indenture 
 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of
[             ] (this “Supplemental Indenture”), among [Name of Successor Company] (the “Company”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as
Trustee under the Indenture referred to below. 
 W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, [Name of Predecessor Company] (the “Predecessor Company”) and the Trustee have heretofore become parties to an
Indenture, dated as of April 7, 2004 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of 8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 of the Company (the “Notes”);

 WHEREAS, the Company is the successor by merger to the Predecessor Company and Section 501 of the Indenture contemplates
that the Company will execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture; 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to enter into such supplemental indenture for good and valuable consideration; and 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental
Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and
for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows: 

1. Defined Terms. As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are
used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular section
hereof. 
 2. Assumption. The Company hereby expressly assumes and agrees promptly to pay, perform and discharge when due
each and every debt, obligation, covenant and agreement incurred, made or to be paid, performed or discharged by the Predecessor Company under the Indenture and the Notes. The Company hereby agrees to be bound by all the terms, provisions and
conditions of the Indenture and the Notes and agrees that it shall be the successor Company and shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Predecessor Company, as the predecessor Company, under the
Indenture and the Notes. 
 3. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS AGREE TO 

 SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN,
IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE. 
 4.
Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force
and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to
the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture. 
 5. Counterparts. The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. 

6. Headings. The section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the
meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof. 

  
 2 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first above written. 
  

							
		 		 	[NAME OF SUCCESSOR COMPANY]
				
		 		 	By:	 	 
		 		 		 	Name:
		 		 		 	Title:

  

							
		 		 	 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
 ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

				
		 		 	By:	 	 
		 		 		 	Name:
		 		 		 	Title:

  
 3 

 EXHIBIT F 
 Form of Certificate from Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investors 

Certificate from Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investor 
 WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION 
 213 Court Street 

Suite 703 
 Middletown, Connecticut 06457

 Attention: Corporate Trust Department 
 Re: VWR International, Inc. (the “Company”) 

        8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”) 

Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 In
connection with our proposed sale of $             aggregate principal amount of Notes, we confirm that: 
 1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture dated as of April 7, 2004 relating to the Notes (the
“Indenture”) and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
“Securities Act”). 
 2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or any
other applicable securities law, and that the Notes may not be offered, sold or otherwise transferred except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter
stated, that if we should offer, sell, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any Notes within two years after the original issuance of the Notes, we will do so only (A) to the Company, (B) inside the United States to a
“qualified institutional buyer” in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (C) inside the United States to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes to you
a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter, (D) outside the United States to a foreign person in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by
Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available), or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such
purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein and in the Indenture. 
 3. We understand that, on any
proposed transfer of any Notes prior to the later of the original issue date of the Notes and the last date the Notes were held by an affiliate of the Company pursuant to paragraphs 2(C), 2(D) and 2(E) above, we will be required to furnish to you
and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed transfer complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by
us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect. 

 4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(l),
(2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are
acting are acquiring the Notes for investment purposes and not with a view to, or offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act, and we are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

 5. We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an
institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion. 
 You and the
Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

  

							
		 		 	 Very truly yours,
  

(Name of Transferee)

				
		 		 	By:	 	 
		 		 		 	Authorized Signature

  
 2EX-4.2.B

 Exhibit 4.2(b) 

 
  

 
 GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL
AGREEMENT 
 dated as of 
 June 29, 2007 
 among 

VWR INVESTORS, INC., 
 VARIETAL DISTRIBUTION MERGER SUB, INC. 
 (to be merged with and into CDRV INVESTORS,
INC. 
 and renamed VWR FUNDING, INC.), 
 the Subsidiaries of CDRV INVESTORS, INC. 
 from time to time party hereto

 and 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., 
 as Collateral Agent 
  

 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
	  	 	1	  
			
	 SECTION 1.01.
	 	Credit Agreement	  	 	2	  
	 SECTION 1.02.
	 	Other Defined Terms	  	 	2	  
		
	 ARTICLE II GUARANTEE
	  	 	8	  
			
	 SECTION 2.01.
	 	Guarantee	  	 	8	  
	 SECTION 2.02.
	 	Guarantee of Payment	  	 	9	  
	 SECTION 2.03.
	 	No Limitations, Etc.	  	 	9	  
	 SECTION 2.04.
	 	Reinstatement	  	 	10	  
	 SECTION 2.05.
	 	Agreement To Pay; Subrogation	  	 	10	  
	 SECTION 2.06.
	 	Information	  	 	11	  
		
	 ARTICLE III SECURITY INTERESTS IN PERSONAL PROPERTY
	  	 	11	  
			
	 SECTION 3.01.
	 	Security Interest	  	 	11	  
	 SECTION 3.02.
	 	Representations and Warranties	  	 	13	  
	 SECTION 3.03.
	 	Covenants	  	 	15	  
	 SECTION 3.04.
	 	Other Actions	  	 	16	  
	 SECTION 3.05.
	 	Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest, Etc.	  	 	16	  
	 SECTION 3.06.
	 	Additional Covenants Regarding Patent, Trademark and Copyright Collateral	  	 	17	  
		
	 ARTICLE IV REMEDIES
	  	 	18	  
			
	 SECTION 4.01.
	 	Pledged Collateral	  	 	18	  
	 SECTION 4.02.
	 	Uniform Commercial Code and Other Remedies	  	 	19	  
	 SECTION 4.03.
	 	Application of Proceeds	  	 	21	  
	 SECTION 4.04.
	 	Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property	  	 	21	  
	 SECTION 4.05.
	 	Securities Act, Etc.	  	 	22	  

  

							
	 ARTICLE V INDEMNITY, SUBROGATION AND SUBORDINATION
	  	 	23	  
			
	 SECTION 5.01.
	 	Indemnity and Subrogation	  	 	23	  
	 SECTION 5.02.
	 	Contribution and Subrogation	  	 	23	  
	 SECTION 5.03.
	 	Subordination	  	 	23	  
		
	 ARTICLE VI [RESERVED]
	  	 	24	  
		
	 ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS
	  	 	24	  
			
	 SECTION 7.01.
	 	Notices	  	 	24	  
	 SECTION 7.02.
	 	Survival of Agreement	  	 	24	  

  
 i 

  

							
	 SECTION 7.03.
	 	Binding Effect; Several Agreement	  	 	24	  
	 SECTION 7.04.
	 	Successors and Assigns	  	 	24	  
	 SECTION 7.05.
	 	Collateral Agent’s Expenses; Indemnity	  	 	24	  
	 SECTION 7.06.
	 	Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact	  	 	25	  
	 SECTION 7.07.
	 	Applicable Law	  	 	25	  
	 SECTION 7.08.
	 	Waivers; Amendment	  	 	26	  
	 SECTION 7.09.
	 	WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL	  	 	26	  
	 SECTION 7.10.
	 	Severability	  	 	26	  
	 SECTION 7.11.
	 	Counterparts	  	 	27	  
	 SECTION 7.12.
	 	Headings	  	 	27	  
	 SECTION 7.13.
	 	Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process	  	 	27	  
	 SECTION 7.14.
	 	Termination or Release	  	 	28	  
	 SECTION 7.15.
	 	[RESERVED]	  	 	29	  
	 SECTION 7.16.
	 	Additional Subsidiaries	  	 	29	  
	 SECTION 7.17.
	 	Security Interest and Obligations Absolute	  	 	29	  
	 SECTION 7.18.
	 	Effectiveness of Merger	  	 	29	  
	 SECTION 7.19.
	 	Obligations of the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers	  	 	29	  
			
	 Schedules
	 		  			
			
	 Schedule I
	 	Subsidiary Guarantors	  			
	 Schedule II
	 	Equity Interests; Pledged Debt Securities	  			
	 Schedule III
	 	Intellectual Property	  			
	 Schedule IV
	 	Offices for UCC Filings	  			
	 Schedule V
	 	UCC Information	  			
			
	 Exhibits
	 		  			
			
	 Exhibit A
	 	Form of Supplement	  			

  
 ii 

 GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT dated as of June 29, 2007 (this
“Agreement”), among VWR INVESTORS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Intermediate Holdco”), VARIETAL DISTRIBUTION MERGER SUB, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”) to be merged with and into CDRV
INVESTORS, INC. (the “Company”), the subsidiaries of the Parent Borrower (such term and each other capitalized term used but not defined in this introductory paragraph or the preliminary statement below having the meaning given or
ascribed to it in Article I) from time to time party hereto and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”). 

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT 
 Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of June 29, 2007 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit
Agreement”), among the Borrowers, the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”) and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) and the
Collateral Agent. 
 The Lenders and each Issuing Bank have agreed to extend credit to the Borrowers, in each
case pursuant to, and upon the terms and conditions specified in, the Credit Agreement. The Hedge Creditors have agreed (or may in the future agree) to enter into Hedging Obligations with one or more Loan Parties. The Cash Management
Creditors have agreed (or may in the future agree) to enter into Cash Management Obligations with one or more Loan Parties. The obligations of the Lenders and each Issuing Bank to extend credit to the Borrowers, the agreement of the Hedge
Creditors to enter into and maintain Hedging Obligations with one or more Loan Parties and the agreement of the Cash Management Creditors to enter into and maintain Cash Management Obligations with one or more Loan Parties are, in each case,
conditioned upon, among other things, the execution and delivery of this Agreement by each Borrower and each Guarantor. Each Guarantor is an affiliate of the Borrowers, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the
Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement and from the entering into and/or maintaining of such Hedging Obligations and/or maintaining of such Cash Management Obligations and is willing to execute and deliver this Agreement in order to induce the
Lenders and the Issuing Banks to extend such credit, the Hedge Creditors to enter into and maintain such Hedging Obligations and the Cash Management Creditors to enter into and maintain such Cash Management Obligations. Accordingly, the parties
hereto agree as follows: 
 ARTICLE I 
 Definitions 
 SECTION 1.01. Credit
Agreement 
 (a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the
meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement. All capitalized terms defined in the New York UCC (as such term is defined herein) and not defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified therein. All references to the Uniform Commercial
Code shall mean the New York UCC unless the context requires otherwise; the term “Instrument” shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 of the New York UCC. 

 (b) The rules of construction specified in Section 1.02 of the
Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement. 
 SECTION 1.02. Other Defined Terms. As
used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below: 
 “Account
Debtor” means any Person who is or who may become obligated to any Grantor under, with respect to or on account of an Account. 
 “Administrative Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement. 
 “After-Acquired Intellectual Property” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.06(e). 

“Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble. 

“Bankruptcy Default” shall mean an Event of Default of the type described in Sections 7.01(g) and
(h) of the Credit Agreement. 
 “Cash Collateral Account” shall mean a non-interest
bearing cash collateral account maintained with, and in the sole dominion and control of, the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties into which shall be deposited cash collateral in respect of Letters of Credit. 

“Cash Management Creditor” shall mean, with respect to the Cash Management Obligations of a Loan Party,
a counterparty that is the Administrative Agent or a Lender or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent or a Lender as of the Closing Date or at the time such Cash Management Obligation is entered into. 

“Cash Management Obligations” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person
under any agreement or arrangement to provide cash management services, including treasury, depository, overdraft, credit or debit card, electronic funds transfer and other cash management arrangements; provided that any such obligations of
any Loan Party owing to the Administrative Agent or a Lender or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall only constitute “Cash Management Obligations” hereunder at the option of the Parent Borrower. 

“Claiming Guarantor” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.02.

 “Collateral” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01.

 “Collateral Agent” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble. 

“Company” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble. 

  
 2 

 “Contributing Guarantor” shall have the meaning assigned to
such term in Section 5.02. 
 “Copyright License” shall mean any written agreement,
now or hereafter in effect, granting any right to any third person (other than an agreement with any Person who is an affiliate or a subsidiary of the Parent Borrower or such Grantor) under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that
such Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any copyright now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of such Grantor under any such agreement. 

“Copyrights” shall mean all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any
Grantor: (a) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in
the United States, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the United States Copyright Office (or any successor office), including those copyrights listed on Schedule III,
and (c) all causes of action arising prior to or after the date hereof for infringement of any Copyright or unfair competition regarding the same. 
 “Credit Agreement” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement. 
 “Domain Names” shall mean all Internet domain names and associated URL addresses in or to which any Grantor now owns or hereafter acquires. 

“Excluded Collateral” shall mean: 

(a) all vehicles the perfection of a security interest in which is excluded from the New York UCC in
the relevant jurisdiction; 
 (b) any General Intangible or other rights arising under
contracts, Instruments, licenses, license agreements (including Licenses) or other documents, to the extent (and only to the extent) that the grant of a security interest would (i) constitute a violation of a restriction in favor of a third
party on such grant, unless and until any required consents shall have been obtained, (ii) give any other party the right to terminate its obligations thereunder, or (iii) violate any law, provided, however, that (1) any
portion of any such General Intangible or other right shall cease to constitute Excluded Collateral pursuant to this clause (b) at the time and to the extent that the grant of a security interest therein does not result in any of the
consequences specified above and (2) the limitation set forth in this clause (b) above shall not affect, limit, restrict or impair the grant by a Grantor of a security interest pursuant to this Agreement in any such General Intangible or
other right, to the extent that an otherwise applicable prohibition or restriction on such grant is rendered ineffective by any applicable law, including the New York UCC; 

(c) any Letter of Credit Rights; 

  
 3 

 (d) in the case of the Domestic Obligations, the
Hedging Obligations of each Loan Party (other than the Hedging Obligations of any Foreign Subsidiary Borrower), the Cash Management Obligations of each Loan Party (other than the Cash Management Obligations of any Foreign Subsidiary Borrower),
Investment Property consisting of voting Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary in excess of 65% of the Equity Interests representing the total combined voting power of all classes of Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary entitled to vote;

 (e) as to which the Collateral Agent and the Parent Borrower reasonably determine that
the costs of obtaining a security interest in any specifically identified assets or category of assets (or perfecting the same) are excessive in relation to the benefit to the Secured Parties of the security afforded thereby; 

(f) Equipment owned by any Grantor on the date hereof or hereafter acquired that is subject to a
Lien securing a purchase money obligation or Capitalized Lease Obligation permitted to be incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement, for so long as the contract or other agreement in which such Lien is granted (or the documentation providing for
such purchase money obligation or Capitalized Lease Obligation) validly prohibits the creation of any other Lien on such Equipment; 
 (g) any interest in joint ventures and non-wholly owned subsidiaries which cannot be pledged without the consent of one or more third parties; 

(h) applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office to register trademarks or
service marks on the basis of any Grantor’s “intent to use” such trademarks or service marks unless and until the filing of a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” has been filed and accepted, whereupon
such applications shall be automatically subject to the Lien granted herein and deemed included in the Collateral; 
 (i) all assets subject to a certificate of title statute, Farm Products and As-Extracted Collateral; 

(j) any property to the extent that such grant of a security interest is prohibited by any
Requirements of Law of a Governmental Authority, requires a consent not obtained of any Governmental Authority pursuant to such Requirement of Law or is prohibited by, or constitutes a breach of default under or results in the termination of or
requires any consent not obtained under, any contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document evidencing or giving rise to such property or, in the case of any Investment Property or any Pledged Security, any applicable shareholder or
similar agreement, except to the extent that such Requirement of Law or the term in such contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document or shareholder or similar agreement providing for such prohibition, breach, default or termination or
requiring such consent is ineffective under applicable law; 
 (k) any commercial tort
claim; 

  
 4 

 (l) any assets to the extent a security interest in
such assets would result in adverse tax consequences as reasonably determined by the Parent Borrower; 
 (m) Equity Interests in Unrestricted Subsidiaries, Immaterial Subsidiaries and captive insurance companies; and 

(n) any direct Proceeds, substitutions or replacements of any of the foregoing, but only to the
extent such Proceeds, substitutions or replacements would otherwise constitute Excluded Collateral. 
 Furthermore, no term used
in the definition of Collateral (or any component definition thereof) shall be deemed to include any Excluded Collateral. 
 “Federal Securities Laws” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.05. 

“Fraudulent Conveyance” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

 “Grantors” shall mean the Borrowers and the Guarantors. 

“Guarantors” shall mean Intermediate Holdco, the Subsidiary Guarantors and, solely with respect to any
Parent Borrower Guaranteed Obligations, the Parent Borrower. 
 “Hedge Creditor” shall mean,
with respect to the Hedging Obligations of a Loan Party, a counterparty that is the Administrative Agent or a Lender or an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent or a Lender as of the Closing Date or at the time such Hedging Obligation is entered
into (including any Person who is a Lender (and any Affiliate thereof) as of the Closing Date but subsequently, whether before or after entering into any Hedging Obligations, ceases to be a Lender). 

“Intellectual Property” shall mean all intellectual and similar property of any Grantor of every kind
and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, including all of the following that are owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor (i) Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, Trademarks, (ii) trade secrets, confidential or proprietary
technical and business information, know how and databases and all other proprietary information, (iii) Domain Names, and (iv) all improvements to any of the foregoing. 

“Intermediate Holdco” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preamble. 

“Investment Property” shall mean (a) all “investment property” as such term is defined in
the New York UCC (other than Excluded Collateral) and (b) whether or not constituting “investment property” as so defined, all Pledged Debt Securities and Pledged Stock. 

  
 5 

 “License” shall mean any Patent License, Trademark License,
Copyright License or other license or sublicense agreement relating to Intellectual Property to which any Grantor is a party. 
 “Loan Document Obligations” shall mean (a) the Domestic Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement), and (b) the Foreign Obligations (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

 “Loan Documents” shall mean the Credit Agreement, each Security Document and each other Loan
Document that evidences or governs any Obligations. 
 “Loans” shall mean all Loans under, and
as defined in, the Credit Agreement. 
 “Merger Sub” shall have the meaning assigned to such
term in the preamble. 
 “New York UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to
time in effect in the State of New York. 
 “Obligations” shall mean (a) the Loan Document
Obligations, (b) the due and punctual payment and performance of all Hedging Obligations of each Loan Party owing to a Hedge Creditor, and (c) the due and punctual payment and performance of all Cash Management Obligations of each Loan
Party owing to a Cash Management Creditor, in each case, whether outstanding on the date hereof or arising from time to time following the date of this Agreement. 

“Parent Borrower” shall mean (a) prior to the consummation of the Merger, Merger Sub and
(b) upon and after consummation of the Merger, the Company. 
 “Parent Borrower Guaranteed
Obligations” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01. 

“Patent License” shall mean any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third
person (other than an agreement with any Person who is an affiliate or a subsidiary of the Borrower or such Grantor) any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise
has the right to license, is in existence, or granting to any Grantor any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a patent, now or hereafter owned by any third person, is in existence, and all rights of any Grantor under any such
agreement. 
 “Patents” shall mean all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any
Grantor: (a) all letters patent of the United States, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters patent of the United States, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the United States
Patent and Trademark Office (or any successor), including those listed on Schedule III, and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals or extensions thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed
therein, including the right to make, use and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein. 

  
 6 

 “Permitted Liens” shall mean with respect to the
Obligations, all “Permitted Liens” as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement. 

“Pledged Collateral” shall mean (a) the Pledged Stock, (b) the Pledged Debt Securities,
(c) subject to Section 3.05, all payments of principal or interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, in exchange for or upon the
conversion of, and all other Proceeds received in respect of, the securities referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above, (d) subject to Section 3.05, all rights of such Grantor with respect to the securities and other
property referred to in clauses (a), (b) and (c) above and (e) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing. 
 “Pledged Debt Securities” shall mean (a) the debt securities and promissory notes held by any Grantor on the date hereof (including all such debt securities and promissory notes
listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule II), (b) any debt securities or promissory notes in the future issued to such Grantor and (c) any other instruments evidencing the debt securities described above, if any. 

“Pledged Securities” shall mean any promissory notes, stock certificates or other securities now or
hereafter included in the Pledged Collateral, including all certificates, instruments or other documents representing or evidencing any Pledged Collateral. 
 “Pledged Stock” shall mean (a) (i) the Equity Interests owned by any Grantor on the date hereof (including all such Equity Interests listed on Schedule II) and
(ii) thereafter, any other Equity Interest obtained in the future by such Grantor, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii), to the extent that the same do not constitute Excluded Collateral, and (b) the certificates, if any,
representing all such Equity Interests. 
 “SEC” shall mean the United States Securities and
Exchange Commission and any successor thereto. 
 “Secured Parties” shall mean (a) the
Lenders, (b) the Administrative Agent, (c) the Collateral Agent, (d) the Issuing Banks, (e) each Hedge Creditor, (f) each Cash Management Creditor, (g) the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by
any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (h) the permitted successors and assigns of each of the foregoing. 
 “Security Interest” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01. 
 “Subsidiary Guarantor” shall mean any of the following: (a) the Subsidiaries identified on Schedule I hereto as Subsidiary Guarantors and (b) each other subsidiary
that becomes a party to this Agreement as a Subsidiary Guarantor after the Closing Date, excluding (i) any Excluded Subsidiary and (ii) any Foreign Subsidiary. 

“Termination Date” shall mean the date upon which all Commitments have terminated, no Letters of Credit
are outstanding (or if Letters of Credit remain outstanding, as to which an L/C Backstop exists), and the Loans and L/C Exposure, together with all interest, Fees and other non-contingent Obligations, have been paid in full in cash. 

  
 7 

 “Trademark License” shall mean any written agreement, now
or hereafter in effect, granting to any third person (other than an agreement with any Person who is an affiliate or a subsidiary of the Borrower or such Grantor) any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any
Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to use any trademark now or hereafter owned by any third person, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement. 

“Trademarks” shall mean all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any
Grantor: (a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, trade styles, trade dress, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of
like nature, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in the United
States Patent and Trademark Office (or any successor office), and all extensions or renewals thereof, including those registrations and applications listed on Schedule III, (b) all goodwill associated therewith or symbolized thereby,
(c) all other assets, rights and interests that uniquely reflect or embody such goodwill and (d) all causes of action arising prior to or after the date hereof for infringement of any trademark or unfair competition regarding the same.

 ARTICLE II 
 Guarantee 
 SECTION
2.01. Guarantee. Each Guarantor absolutely, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees to the Secured Parties, jointly with the other Guarantors (other than the Parent Borrower) and severally, as a primary obligor and not
merely as a surety, the due and punctual payment and performance of the Obligations. Each Guarantor (other than the Parent Borrower) further agrees that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or
further assent from it, and that it will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation. Each Guarantor waives (to the extent permitted by applicable law) presentment to, demand of payment from and
protest to the Borrowers or any other Loan Party of any Obligation, and also waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment. 
 The Parent Borrower hereby agrees that it is jointly and severally liable for, and, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, and absolutely and unconditionally guarantees to the Secured Parties, the
prompt payment when due and payable, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, and at all times thereafter (other than Obligations that are expressly the obligations of the Parent Borrower pursuant to the terms of any Loan
Document, Hedge Agreement Obligations or Cash Management Obligations, which Obligations shall continue to be the primary obligations of the Parent Borrower) (collectively, the “Parent Borrower Guaranteed Obligations”). The
Parent Borrower further agrees that the Parent Borrower Guaranteed Obligations may be extended or renewed in whole or in part without notice to or further assent from it, and that it remains bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any such
extension or renewal. The provisions of this Agreement shall apply equally to the Parent Borrower as guarantor of the Parent Borrower Guaranteed Obligations as to the Guarantors as guarantors of the Obligations. 

  
 8 

 Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, it is
intended that this Agreement, and any Liens granted hereunder by each Guarantor to secure the obligations and liabilities arising pursuant to this Agreement, not constitute a “Fraudulent Conveyance” (as defined below). Consequently,
each Guarantor agrees that if this Agreement, or any Liens securing the obligations and liabilities arising pursuant to this Agreement, would, but for the application of this sentence, constitute a Fraudulent Conveyance, this Agreement and each such
Lien shall be valid and enforceable only to the maximum extent that would not cause this Agreement or such Lien to constitute a Fraudulent Conveyance, and this Agreement shall automatically be deemed to have been amended accordingly at all relevant
times. For purposes hereof, “Fraudulent Conveyance” means a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under the provisions of
any applicable fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer law or similar law of any state, nation or other governmental unit, as in effect from time to time. 
 SECTION 2.02. Guarantee of Payment. Each Guarantor further agrees that its guarantee hereunder constitutes a guarantee of payment when due and payable and not of collection, and
waives any right (except such as shall be required by applicable law and cannot be waived) to require that any resort be had by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to any security held for the payment of the Obligations or Parent
Borrower Guaranteed Obligations, as applicable, or to any balance of any Deposit Account or credit on the books of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party in favor of the Borrowers or any other person. 

SECTION 2.03. No Limitations, Etc. 

(a) Except for termination of a Guarantor’s obligations hereunder as expressly provided in
Section 7.14, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall
not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Obligations or Parent Borrower Guaranteed Obligations, as applicable, or
otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to
assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy under the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise, (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, any Loan
Document (other than pursuant to the terms of a waiver, amendment, modification or release of this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof) or any other agreement, including with respect to the release of any other Guarantor under this
Agreement and so long as any such amendment, modification or waiver of any Loan Document is made in accordance with Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement, (iii) the release of, or any impairment of or failure to perfect any Lien on or
security interest in, any security held by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party for the Obligations or Parent Borrower Guaranteed Obligations, as applicable, or any of them, (iv) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise,
in the performance of the Obligations or Parent Borrower Guaranteed Obligations, as applicable, or (v) any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or otherwise operate as a discharge
of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity (other than the occurrence of 

  
 9 

 the Termination Date). Each Guarantor expressly authorizes the Collateral Agent, in
accordance with the Credit Agreement and applicable law, to take and hold security for the payment and performance of the Obligations or Parent Borrower Guaranteed Obligations, as applicable, to exchange, waive or release any or all such security
(with or without consideration), to enforce or apply such security and direct the order and manner of any sale thereof in its sole discretion or to release or substitute any one or more other guarantors or obligors upon or in respect of the
Obligations (other than the Parent Borrower Guaranteed Obligations), all without affecting the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder. 
 (b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense (other than payment of the Obligations or Parent Borrower Guaranteed Obligations, as applicable (other than
contingent obligations), in full) based on or arising out of any defense of either Borrower or any other Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Obligations or Parent Borrower Guaranteed Obligations, as applicable, or any part thereof from any
cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Borrowers or any other Loan Party, other than the occurrence of the Termination Date. The Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties may, in accordance with the Credit Agreement
and applicable law, at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the
Obligations or Parent Borrower Guaranteed Obligations, as applicable, make any other accommodation with either Borrower or any other Loan Party or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against either Borrower or any other Loan Party,
without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Guarantor hereunder except to the extent the Termination Date has occurred. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any defense arising out of any
such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Guarantor against either Borrower or any other Loan Party, as the
case may be, or any security. 
 SECTION 2.04. Reinstatement. Each Guarantor agrees that
its guarantee hereunder shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any Obligation or Parent Borrower Guaranteed Obligations, as applicable, is rescinded or must otherwise be
restored by the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of either Borrower, any other Loan Party or otherwise, notwithstanding the occurrence of the Termination Date. 

SECTION 2.05. Agreement To Pay; Subrogation. In furtherance of the foregoing and not in
limitation of any other right that the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of either Borrower or any other Loan Party to pay any Obligation or Parent Borrower
Guaranteed Obligation, as applicable, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will promptly pay, or cause to be paid, to
the Collateral Agent for distribution to the Secured Parties in cash the amount of such unpaid Obligation or Parent Borrower Guaranteed Obligation, as applicable (in each case, other than payment of any contingent obligations). Upon payment by
any Guarantor of any sums to the Collateral Agent as provided above, all rights of such Guarantor 

  
 10 

 against any Borrower or any other Guarantor arising as a result thereof by way
of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subject to Article VI. 
 SECTION 2.06. Information. Each Guarantor assumes all responsibility for being and keeping itself reasonably informed of each Borrower’s and each other Loan Party’s
financial condition and assets and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations or Parent Borrower Guaranteed Obligations, as applicable, and the nature, scope and extent of the risks that such Guarantor assumes
and incurs hereunder, and agrees that neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party will have any duty to advise such Guarantor of information known to it or any of them regarding such circumstances or risks. 

ARTICLE III 

Security Interests in Personal Property 

SECTION 3.01. Security Interest. 

(a) As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Obligations (other than
contingent obligations), each Grantor hereby pledges to the Collateral Agent, its successors and permitted assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Collateral Agent, its successors and permitted assigns, for
the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “Security Interest”) in all right, title or interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by
such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (but excluding any Excluded Collateral, collectively, the “Collateral”): 

(i) all Accounts; 

(ii) the Cash Collateral Account and all cash, securities, Instruments and other property deposited
or required to be deposited therein; 
 (iii) all Chattel Paper; 

(iv) all Documents; 

(v) all Equipment; 

(vi) all General Intangibles; 

(vii) all Goods; 

(viii) all Instruments; 

(ix) all Inventory; 

(x) all Investment Property; 

  
 11 

 (xi) all Intellectual Property; 

(xii) all Pledged Collateral; 

(xiii) all books and records pertaining to the Collateral; 

(xiv) all Supporting Obligations; 

(xv) all cash and cash equivalents and Deposit Accounts, and 

(xvi) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the
foregoing and all collateral security and guarantees given by any person with respect to any of the foregoing. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing,
in no event shall any control agreements be required to be obtained in respect thereof. 
 (b) Each Grantor
hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any financing statements (including fixture filings) with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that
(i) indicate the Collateral as “all assets” of such Grantor or words of similar effect, and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any
financing statement or amendment, including (x) whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor and (y) in the case of a financing statement filed as a
fixture filing, a sufficient description of the real property to which such Collateral relates. Each Grantor agrees to provide such information to the Collateral Agent promptly upon written request. The Collateral Agent agrees, upon
request by the Parent Borrower and at its expense, to promptly furnish copies of such filings to the Parent Borrower. 
 (c) The Collateral Agent is further authorized to file with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office (or any successor office) such documents as may be
necessary for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest granted by each Grantor, without the signature of any Grantor, and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Collateral Agent
as secured party. The Collateral Agent agrees, upon request by the Parent Borrower and at its expense, to promptly furnish copies of such filings to the Parent Borrower. 

(d) The Security Interest is granted as security only and, except as otherwise required by applicable law, shall not
subject the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Collateral. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to
make the Collateral Agent or any other Secured Party liable as a member of any limited liability company or as a partner of any partnership, neither the Collateral Agent nor any other Secured Party by virtue of this Agreement or otherwise (except as
referred to in the following sentence) shall have any of the duties, obligations or liabilities of a member of any limited liability company or as a partner in any partnership. The parties hereto expressly agree that, unless the Collateral
Agent 

  
 12 

 shall become the owner of Pledged Collateral consisting of a limited liability company
interest or a partnership interest pursuant hereto, this Agreement shall not be construed as creating a partnership or joint venture among the Collateral Agent, any other Secured Party, any Grantor and/or any other Person. 

SECTION 3.02. Representations and Warranties. Each Grantor represents and warrants to the
Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties that: 
 (a) Each Grantor has good and valid
rights in and title to the Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest hereunder and has full power and authority to grant to the Collateral Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, the Security
Interest in such Collateral pursuant hereto and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 
 (b) (i)Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (including fixture filings, as applicable) or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations containing a description of the Collateral
have been prepared by the Collateral Agent based upon the information provided to the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties by the Grantors for filing in each governmental, municipal or other office specified on Schedule IV hereof (or
specified by notice from the Parent Borrower to the Collateral Agent after the Closing Date in the case of filings, recordings or registrations required by Section 5.09 of the Credit Agreement), which are all the filings, recordings and
registrations (other than filings required to be made in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office in order to perfect the Security Interest in the Collateral consisting of United States Patents, Trademarks
and Copyrights) that are necessary as of the Closing Date (or after the Closing Date, in the case of filings, recordings or registrations required by Section 5.09 of the Credit Agreement) to publish notice of and protect the validity of and to
establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent (for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Collateral in which the Security Interest may be perfected by filing, recording or
registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions, and no further or subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary in any such
jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable law with respect to the filing of continuation statements. (ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Grantor represents and warrants that a fully executed agreement in the form hereof or,
alternatively, each applicable short form security agreement in the form attached to the Credit Agreement as Exhibits F-1, F-2 and F-3, and containing a description of all Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property that is material to the
conduct of such Grantor’s business with respect to United States Patents and United States federally registered Trademarks (and Trademarks for which United States federal registration applications are pending) and United States federally
registered Copyrights has been or will be delivered to the Collateral Agent for recording by the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 261, 15 U.S.C. § 1060 or 17
U.S.C. § 205 and the regulations thereunder, as applicable to protect the validity of and to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent) in respect of all such Collateral in which a security
interest may be perfected by 

  
 13 

 filing, recording or registration in the United States, and no further or
subsequent filing, refiling, recording, rerecording, registration or reregistration is necessary (other than filings described in Section 3.02(b)(i), and other than such actions as are necessary to perfect the Security Interest with respect to
any Collateral consisting of United States Patents, United States federally registered Trademarks and United States federally registered Copyrights (and applications therefor) that are material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business and that
are acquired or developed after the date hereof). 
 (c) The Security Interest constitutes
(i) a legal and valid security interest in all Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Obligations, (ii) subject to the filings described in Section 3.02(b), a perfected security interest in all Collateral in
which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States (or any state thereof) pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code and (iii) subject to the filings
described in Section 3.02(b), a security interest that shall be perfected in all Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected upon the receipt and recording of this Agreement (or the applicable short form security agreement)
with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, within the three (3) month period (commencing as of the date hereof) pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 261 or 15 U.S.C. § 1060 or the one
month period (commencing as of the date hereof) pursuant to 17 U.S.C. § 205. The Security Interest is and shall be prior to any other Lien on any of the Collateral, other than Permitted Liens. 

(d) Schedule II correctly sets forth as of the Closing Date the percentage of the issued and
outstanding shares or units of each class of the Equity Interests of the issuer thereof represented by the Pledged Stock and includes all Equity Interests, debt securities and promissory notes required to be pledged hereunder. 

(e) The Pledged Stock and Pledged Debt Securities have been duly and validly authorized and issued
by the issuers thereof and (i) in the case of Pledged Stock issued by a corporation, are fully paid and nonassessable and (ii) in the case of Pledged Debt Securities, are legal, valid and binding obligations of the issuers thereof, subject
to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other loss affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity or at law. 

(f) Schedule V correctly sets forth as of the Closing Date (i) the exact legal name of
each Grantor, as such name appears in its respective certificate or articles of incorporation or formation, (ii) the jurisdiction of organization of each Grantor, (iii) the mailing address of each Grantor, (iv) the organizational
identification number, if any, issued by the jurisdiction of organization of each Grantor, (v) the identity or type of organization of each Grantor and (vi) the Federal Taxpayer Identification Number, if any, of each Grantor which is a
Loan Party. The Parent Borrower agrees to update the information required pursuant to the preceding sentence as provided in Section 5.06 of the Credit Agreement. 

(g) The Collateral is owned by the Grantors free and clear of any Lien, except for Permitted Liens.

  
 14 

 (h) Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else in
this Agreement to the contrary, no representation, warranty or covenant is made with respect to the creation or perfection of a security interest in (i) Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property that is not material to the conduct of the
Grantor’s business, and (ii) Collateral to the extent such creation or perfection would require (A) any filing other than a filing in the United States or America, any state thereof and the District of Columbia or (B) other
action under the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any state thereof and the District of Columbia. 
 (i) Each Grantor represents and warrants that the Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights listed on Schedule III include all United States federal registrations and pending applications for
Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights, all as in effect as of the date hereof, that such Grantor owns and that are material to the conduct of its business as of the date hereof. 

SECTION 3.03. Covenants. 

(a) Subject to Section 3.02(h), each Grantor shall, at its own expense, take all commercially reasonable
actions necessary to defend title to the Collateral against all persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien which does not constitute a Permitted Lien. 

(b) Subject to Section 3.02(h), each Grantor agrees, upon written request by the Collateral Agent and at
its own expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably deem necessary to obtain, preserve, protect
and perfect the Security Interest and the rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and Taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Security Interest and the filing
of any financing or continuation statements (including fixture filings) or other documents in connection herewith or therewith; provided that in no event shall any control agreements be required. 

(c) At its option, but only following 5 Business Days’ written notice to each Grantor of its intent to do so,
the Collateral Agent may discharge past due Taxes, assessments, charges, fees or Liens at any time levied or placed on the Collateral which do not constitute a Permitted Lien, and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Collateral to the
extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Credit Agreement, and each Grantor agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent within 30 days after written demand for any reasonable out-of-pocket payment made or any reasonable out-of-pocket
expense incurred by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization; provided, however, that nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the
Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to Taxes, assessments, charges, fees or Liens and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents. 

  
 15 

 (d) Each Grantor shall remain liable to observe and perform all
conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it under each contract, agreement or instrument relating to the Collateral, all in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof. 

SECTION 3.04. Other Actions. In order to further ensure the attachment, perfection and priority
of, and the ability of the Collateral Agent to enforce, the Security Interest in the Collateral, each Grantor agrees, in each case at such Grantor’s own expense, to take the following actions with respect to the following Collateral:

 (a) Instruments. Upon the occurrence and during the
continuation of an Event of Default, if any Grantor shall at any time hold or acquire any Instruments in excess of $3,000,000 individually, such Grantor shall promptly endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Collateral Agent, accompanied by such
undated instruments of endorsement, transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably specify. 

(b) Investment Property. Subject to the terms hereof, if any Grantor shall
at any time hold or acquire any Certificated Securities, to the extent the same do not constitute Excluded Collateral, such Grantor shall promptly endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Collateral Agent, accompanied by such undated instruments
of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Collateral Agent may from time to time reasonably specify. Each delivery of Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by a schedule describing the securities, which schedule shall be
attached hereto as Schedule II and made a part hereof and supplement any prior schedule so delivered; provided that failure to attach any such schedule hereto shall not affect the validity of such pledge of such Pledged Securities and
shall not in and of itself result in any Default or Event of Default. Each certificate representing an interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership controlled by any Grantor and pledged under Section 3.01 shall
be physically delivered to the Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement and endorsed to the Collateral Agent or endorsed in blank. 

(c) Security Interests in Property of Account Debtors. If at any time any
Grantor shall take a security interest in any property of an Account Debtor or any other Person the value of which equals or exceeds $5,000,000 to secure payment and performance of an Account, such Grantor shall promptly assign such security
interest to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties. Such assignment need not be filed of public record unless necessary to continue the perfected status of the security interest against creditors of and transferees from the
Account Debtor or other Person granting the security interest. 
 SECTION 3.05. Voting Rights;
Dividends and Interest, Etc. Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and, except in the case of a Bankruptcy Default, the Collateral Agent shall have given the Grantors prior written notice of its
intent to exercise its rights under this Agreement: 
 (a) Each Grantor shall be entitled
to exercise any and all voting and/or other consensual rights and powers inuring to an owner of the Pledged Collateral or any part 

  
 16 

 thereof for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the
Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and applicable law and no notice of any such voting or exercise of any consensual rights and powers need be given to the Collateral Agent. 

(b) The Collateral Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to each Grantor, or cause to be executed
and delivered to each Grantor, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers it is entitled to
exercise pursuant to paragraph (a) above. 
 (c) Each Grantor shall be entitled to
receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Collateral to the extent and only to the extent that such dividends, interest, principal and other distributions
are not prohibited by, and otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable law; provided that any noncash dividends, interest, principal or other
distributions that would constitute Pledged Collateral shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral, and, if received by any Grantor, shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties and shall be delivered
to the Collateral Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent) on or prior to the later to occur of (i) 30 days following the receipt thereof and (ii) the earlier of
the date of the required delivery of the Pricing Certificate following the receipt of such items and the date which is 45 days after the end of the most recently ended fiscal quarter (or such longer period as to which the Collateral Agent may
consent). 
 SECTION 3.06. Additional Covenants Regarding Patent, Trademark and Copyright
Collateral. 
 (a) Except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect,
each Grantor agrees that it will not do any act, or omit to do any act, whereby any Patent that is material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business may become invalidated or dedicated to the public, other than the expiration of such Patent at
the end of its natural term, subject to such Grantor’s reasonable business judgment. 
 (b) Except as
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Grantor (either itself or through its licensees or its sublicensees) will, for each registered Trademark that is material to the conduct of such Grantor’s business, use
commercially reasonable efforts to maintain such Trademark registration in full force free from any legally binding determination of abandonment or invalidity of such Trademark registration due to nonuse, subject to such Grantor’s reasonable
business judgment. 
 (c) Except to the extent failure to act could not reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect, and subject to each Grantor’s reasonable business judgment, each Grantor will take all reasonable and necessary steps that are consistent with the practice in any proceeding before the United States Patent and Trademark
Office, and the United States Copyright Office, to maintain and pursue each material application relating to the Patents, 

  
 17 

 Trademarks and/or Copyrights (and to obtain the relevant grant or registration) and to
maintain each issued Patent and each registration of the Trademarks and Copyrights that is material to the conduct of any Grantor’s business, including timely filings of applications for renewal, affidavits of use, affidavits of
incontestability and payment of maintenance fees, and, if consistent with good business judgment, to initiate opposition, interference and cancellation proceedings against third parties. 

(d) Each Grantor agrees that, should it obtain an ownership interest in any Intellectual Property (other than any
Excluded Collateral) after the Closing Date, to the extent that such Intellectual Property would be a part of the Collateral under the terms of this Agreement had it been owned by such Grantor as of the Closing Date, (“After-Acquired
Intellectual Property”), (i) the provisions of this Agreement shall automatically apply thereto, and (ii) any such After-Acquired Intellectual Property and, in the case of Trademarks, the goodwill symbolized thereby shall
automatically become part of the Collateral, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Within 90 days after the end of each calendar year (or such longer period as to which the Collateral Agent may consent), the relevant Grantor
shall sign and deliver to the Collateral Agent an appropriate Intellectual Property Security Agreement with respect to all applicable United States federally registered (or application for United States federally registered) After-Acquired
Intellectual Property owned by it as of the last day of applicable fiscal quarter, to the extent that such Intellectual Property becomes part of the Collateral and to the extent that it is not covered by any previous Intellectual Property Security
Agreement so signed and delivered by it. 
 ARTICLE IV 
 Remedies 
 SECTION
4.01. Pledged Collateral. 
 (a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an
Event of Default and with prior written notice to the Parent Borrower, the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have the right (in its sole and absolute discretion) to hold the Pledged Securities in its own name as pledgee, the
name of its nominee (as pledgee or as sub-agent) or the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Collateral Agent. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and with prior
written notice to the relevant Grantor, the Collateral Agent shall at all times have the right to exchange the certificates representing any Pledged Securities for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any purpose consistent with this
Agreement. 
 (b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the
Collateral Agent shall have notified the Parent Borrower in writing of the suspension of their rights under paragraph (c) of Section 3.05, then all rights of any Grantor to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that
such Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to paragraph (c) of Section 3.05 shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to
receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions. All dividends, interest, principal or other distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of Section 3.05 shall be held in trust for
the benefit of the Collateral Agent, shall be segregated from other property or 

  
 18 

 funds of such Grantor and shall be promptly delivered to the Collateral Agent upon written
demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or instrument of assignment). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Collateral Agent pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph
(b) shall be retained by the Collateral Agent in an account to be established by the Collateral Agent upon receipt of such money or other property and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.03. After
all Events of Default have been cured or waived, the Collateral Agent shall promptly repay to each applicable Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor would otherwise be permitted to
retain pursuant to the terms of paragraph (c) of Section 3.05 and that remain in such account. 

(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and with prior written notice to the
Parent Borrower, all rights of any Grantor to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a) of Section 3.05, and the obligations of the Collateral Agent under paragraph
(b) of Section 3.05, shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Collateral Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers;
provided, however, that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Collateral Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default and the provision of the notice
referred to above to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights. To the extent the notice referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph (c) has been given, after all Events of Default have been cured or waived, each Grantor shall
have the exclusive right to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers that such Grantor would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a) of Section 3.05, and the Collateral Agent shall
again have the obligations under paragraph (b) of Section 3.05. 
 (d) Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4.01, if a Bankruptcy Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent shall not be required to give any notice referred to in Section 3.05 or this
Section 4.01 in order to exercise any of its rights described in said Sections, and the suspension of the rights of each of the Grantors under said Sections shall be automatic upon the occurrence of such Bankruptcy Default. 

SECTION 4.02. Uniform Commercial Code and Other Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor agrees to deliver each item of Collateral to the Collateral Agent on written demand, and it is agreed that the Collateral Agent shall have the right to take any of or all the following actions at the
same or different times: (a) with respect to any Collateral consisting of Intellectual Property, on written demand, to cause the Security Interest to become an assignment, transfer and conveyance of any of or all such Collateral by
the applicable Grantor to the Collateral Agent, or to license or sublicense, whether general, special or otherwise, and whether on an exclusive or nonexclusive basis, any such Collateral throughout the world on such terms and conditions and in
such manner as the Collateral Agent shall determine (other than in violation of any then-existing licensing arrangements), (b) to withdraw any and all cash or other Collateral from the Cash Collateral Account and to apply such cash and other
Collateral to the payment of any and all Obligations in the manner provided in Section 4.03, (c) with or without legal process and with or without prior notice or demand for performance, to take possession of the Collateral without
breach of the 

  
 19 

 peace, and subject to the terms of any related lease agreement, to enter any premises where
the Collateral may be located for the purpose of taking possession of or removing the Collateral, and (d) generally, to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable
law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor agrees that the Collateral Agent shall have the right, subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable law, to sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the
Collateral at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange upon such commercially reasonable terms and conditions as it may deem necessary, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Collateral Agent
shall deem appropriate. The Collateral Agent shall be authorized at any such sale (if it deems it necessary to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the
Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale the Collateral Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers
thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) all rights of
redemption, stay and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. 

The Collateral Agent shall give each applicable Grantor 10 days’ written notice (which each Grantor agrees is
reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the New York UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Collateral Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall
state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or portion thereof, will
first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Collateral Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such
sale. At any such sale, the Collateral, or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Collateral Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Collateral Agent shall
not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Collateral Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any
public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In
case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Collateral Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Collateral Agent
shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public (or, to the
extent permitted by law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by applicable law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor
(all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by applicable law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Secured
Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Secured 

  
 20 

 Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property
without further accountability to any Grantor therefor. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Collateral Agent shall be free to carry out such sale
pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Collateral Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of
Default shall have been remedied and the Obligations (other than contingent obligations) paid in full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Collateral Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at law or in
equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. 

Until the Termination Date, each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Collateral Agent (and all
officers, employees or agents designated in writing by the Collateral Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact) for the purpose, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, of making,
settling and adjusting claims in respect of Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies of insurance and for making all
determinations and decisions with respect thereto. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, in the event that any Grantor at any time or times shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies of insurance
required under the Credit Agreement or to pay any premium in whole or part relating thereto, the Collateral Agent may upon prior written notice to such Grantor, without waiving or releasing any obligation or liability of any Grantor hereunder or any
Default or Event of Default, in its sole discretion, obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premium and take any other actions with respect thereto as the Collateral Agent deems necessary. All sums disbursed by the
Collateral Agent in connection with this paragraph, including attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be payable, upon written demand as provided in Section 9.05 of the Credit Agreement, by the
Grantors to the Collateral Agent and shall be additional Obligations secured hereby. 
 SECTION
4.03. Application of Proceeds. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing the Collateral Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection, sale, foreclosure or other realization upon any Collateral in
accordance with Section 2.17 of the Credit Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Collateral Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Collateral Agent or of
the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the
Collateral Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof. 
 SECTION
4.04. Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property. For the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent to exercise its rights and remedies in this Article IV at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to
exercise such rights and remedies, each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent (until the termination of this Agreement and subject to Section 7.14) an irrevocable nonexclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty 

  
 21 

 or other compensation to the Grantors), subject in all respects to any
Licenses to use, license or sublicense any of the Collateral consisting of know how, Patents, Copyrights and Trademarks, now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license access to
all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof. The use of such license by the Collateral Agent may be exercised, at the option of
the Collateral Agent, only upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default; provided, however, that any license or sublicense entered into by the Collateral Agent with a third party in accordance with this
Section 4.04 shall be binding upon each Grantor notwithstanding any subsequent cure of an Event of Default, except to the extent that such license or sublicense would invalidate or render unenforceable any such Grantor’s Intellectual
Property. 
 SECTION 4.05. Securities Act, Etc. In view of the position of
the Grantors in relation to the Pledged Collateral, or because of other current or future circumstances, a question may arise under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as now or hereafter in effect, or any similar statute hereafter enacted analogous in
purpose or effect (such Act and any such similar statute as from time to time in effect being called the “Federal Securities Laws”) with respect to any disposition of the Pledged Collateral permitted hereunder. Each Grantor
understands that compliance with the Federal Securities Laws might very strictly limit the course of conduct of the Collateral Agent if the Collateral Agent were to attempt to dispose of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, and might also
limit the extent to which or the manner in which any subsequent transferee of any Pledged Collateral could dispose of the same. Similarly, there may be other legal restrictions or limitations affecting the Collateral Agent in any attempt to
dispose of all or part of the Pledged Collateral under applicable “blue sky” or other state securities laws or similar laws analogous in purpose or effect. Each Grantor recognizes that to the extent such restrictions and limitations
apply to any proposed sale of Pledged Collateral, the Collateral Agent may, with respect to any sale of such Pledged Collateral, limit the purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire such Pledged Collateral for their own
account, for investment, and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that to the extent such restrictions and limitations apply to any proposed sale of Pledged Collateral, the Collateral
Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion (a) may proceed to make such a sale whether or not a registration statement for the purpose of registering such Pledged Collateral or part thereof shall have been filed under the Federal Securities
Laws and (b) may approach and negotiate with a limited number of potential purchasers (including a single potential purchaser) to effect such sale. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such sale might result in prices and other
terms less favorable to the seller than if such sale were a public sale without such restrictions. In the event of any such sale, the Collateral Agent shall incur no responsibility or liability for selling all or any part of the Pledged Collateral
at a price that the Collateral Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, may in good faith deem reasonable under the circumstances, notwithstanding the possibility that a substantially higher price might have been realized if the sale were
deferred until after registration as aforesaid or if more than a limited number of purchasers (or a single purchaser) were approached. The provisions of this Section 4.05 will apply notwithstanding the existence of a public or
private market upon which the quotations or sales prices may exceed substantially the price at which the Collateral Agent sells. 

  
 22 

 ARTICLE V 
 Indemnity, Subrogation and Subordination 
 SECTION 5.01. Indemnity and Subrogation. In addition to all such rights of indemnity and subrogation as the Guarantors may have under applicable law (but subject to
Section 5.03), the applicable Borrowers agree that (a) in the event a payment shall be made by any Guarantor under this Agreement, the applicable Borrowers shall indemnify such Guarantor for the full amount of such payment and such
Guarantor shall be subrogated to the rights of the person to whom such payment shall have been made to the extent of such payment and (b) in the event any assets of any Guarantor shall be sold pursuant to this Agreement or any other Security
Document to satisfy in whole or in part a claim of any Secured Party, the Borrowers shall indemnify such Guarantor in an amount equal to the greater of the book value or the fair market value of the assets so sold. 

SECTION 5.02. Contribution and Subrogation. Each Guarantor (a “Contributing
Guarantor”) agrees (subject to Section 5.03) that, in the event a payment shall be made by any other Guarantor hereunder in respect of any Obligation or Parent Borrower Guaranteed Obligations, as applicable, or assets of any
other Guarantor shall be sold pursuant to any Security Document to satisfy any Obligation or Parent Borrower Guaranteed Obligations, as applicable, owed to any Secured Party, and such other Guarantor (the “Claiming Guarantor”) shall
not have been fully indemnified by a Borrower as provided in Section 5.01, the Contributing Guarantor shall indemnify the Claiming Guarantor in an amount equal to (i) the amount of such payment or (ii) the greater of the book
value or the fair market value of such assets, as the case may be, in each case multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the net worth of the Contributing Guarantor on the date hereof and the denominator shall be the aggregate net
worth of all the Guarantors on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Guarantor becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section 7.16, the date of the supplement hereto executed and delivered by such Guarantor). Any Contributing
Guarantor making any payment to a Claiming Guarantor pursuant to this Section 5.02 shall be subrogated to the rights of such Claiming Guarantor under Section 5.01 to the extent of such payment. 

SECTION 5.03. Subordination. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all
rights of the Guarantors under Sections 5.01 and 5.02 and all other rights of indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the Loan Document Obligations until the Termination
Date; provided, that if any amount shall be paid to such Grantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time prior to the Termination Date, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties and shall promptly be
paid to the Collateral Agent to be credited and applied against the Obligations or Parent Borrower Guaranteed Obligations, as applicable, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with Section 4.03. No failure on the part of a
Borrower or any Guarantor to make the payments required by Sections 5.01 and 5.02 (or any other payments required under applicable law or otherwise) shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Guarantor with
respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Guarantor shall remain liable for the full amount of its obligations hereunder. 

  
 23 

 ARTICLE VI 
 [RESERVED] 
 ARTICLE VII 

Miscellaneous 
 SECTION 7.01. Notices. All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 9.01 of
the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to any Subsidiary Guarantor shall be given to it in care of the Parent Borrower as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement. 

SECTION 7.02. Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties
made by the Loan Parties herein or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Lenders and the Issuing Banks and shall survive the making by the Lenders of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit by each
Issuing Bank, regardless of any investigation made by any Lender or Issuing Bank or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Collateral Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have had notice or actual knowledge of any Default at the time of
any Credit Event, and shall continue in full force and effect until the Termination Date. 
 SECTION
7.03. Binding Effect; Several Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Loan Parties and the Collateral Agent and when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts
hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Loan Party and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released
with respect to any Loan Party without the approval of any other Loan Party and without affecting the obligations of any other Loan Party hereunder. 
 SECTION 7.04. Successors and Assigns. Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the permitted successors and
assigns of such party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any Grantor or the Collateral Agent that are contained in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns. 

SECTION 7.05. Collateral Agent’s Expenses; Indemnity. 

(a) The parties hereto agree that the Collateral Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses incurred hereunder as provided in Section 9.05 of the Credit Agreement. 

(b) Without limitation of its indemnification obligations under the other Loan Documents, each Grantor agrees to
indemnify the Collateral Agent and the other Indemnitees as provided in Section 9.05 of the Credit Agreement. 

  
 24 

 (c) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional
Obligations secured hereby and by the other Security Documents. The provisions of this Section 7.05 shall survive the Termination Date. 
 SECTION 7.06. Collateral Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. Until the Termination Date, each Grantor hereby appoints the Collateral Agent as the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for
the purpose of, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Collateral Agent may deem necessary to accomplish the
purposes hereof, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral Agent shall have the right, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default,
with full power of substitution either in the Collateral Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to receive, endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment
relating to the Collateral or any part thereof, (b) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral, (c) to sign the name of any Grantor on any invoice or bill of
lading relating to any of the Collateral, (d) to send verifications of Accounts to any Account Debtor, (e) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to
collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral, (f) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the
Collateral, (g) to notify, or to require any Grantor to notify, Account Debtors to make payment directly to the Collateral Agent or the Cash Collateral Account, and (h) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with
respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent were the
absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Collateral Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or
sufficiency of any payment received by the Collateral Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property
covered thereby. The Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein, and neither they nor their officers, directors, employees or
agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence, willful misconduct, fraud or bad faith. The foregoing powers of attorney being coupled with an interest, are irrevocable
until the Security Interest shall have terminated in accordance with the terms hereof. 
 SECTION
7.07. Applicable Law. THIS AGREEMENT (OTHER THAN LETTERS OF CREDIT AND AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS) SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH LETTER
OF CREDIT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OR RULES DESIGNATED IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT, OR IF NO SUCH LAWS OR RULES ARE DESIGNATED, THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE FOR DOCUMENTARY CREDITS MOST RECENTLY
PUBLISHED AND IN EFFECT, ON THE DATE 

  
 25 

 SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT WAS ISSUED, BY THE INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE
(THE “UNIFORM CUSTOMS”) AND, AS TO MATTERS NOT GOVERNED BY THE UNIFORM CUSTOMS, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. 
 SECTION 7.08. Waivers; Amendment. 

(a) No failure or delay by the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender in
exercising any right or power hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver hereof or thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such
a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder and under the
other Loan Documents are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any
event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 7.08, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Collateral Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may have had notice or knowledge of
such Default at the time. Except as otherwise provided herein, no notice or demand on any Loan Party in any case shall entitle any Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. 

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an
agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Collateral Agent and the Loan Parties that are party thereto and are affected by such waiver, amendment or modification, subject to Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement. 

SECTION 7.09. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO (AND EACH OTHER SECURED PARTY BY ITS
ACCEPTANCE OF THE BENEFITS HEREOF) HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION,
SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND
CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 7.09. 
 SECTION 7.10. Severability. In the event any one
or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein
shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood 

  
 26 

 that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and
of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as
close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions. 
 SECTION
7.11. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute
a single contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 7.03. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile, pdf or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually
signed counterpart of this Agreement. 
 SECTION 7.12. Headings. Article and Section
headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement. 

SECTION 7.13. Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. 

(a) Each of the parties and the Secured Parties, by their acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement hereby
irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America, sitting in New York City, and any appellate court from any thereof,
in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto and the Secured Parties, by their acceptance of the benefits of
this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the
parties hereto and the Secured Parties, by their acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in
any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents against any Grantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction. 

(b) Each of the parties hereto and the Secured Parties, by their acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement hereby
irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this
Agreement or the other Loan Documents in any New York State or Federal court. Each of the parties hereto and the Secured Parties, by their acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted
by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court. 

  
 27 

 (c) Each party hereto and the Secured Parties, by their acceptance of
the benefits of this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 8.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any
other manner permitted by law. 
 SECTION 7.14. Termination or Release. 

(a) This Agreement, the Guarantees made herein, the Security Interest, the pledge of the Pledged Collateral and all
other security interests granted hereby (including, without limitation, the licenses granted by the Grantors and the Collateral Agents pursuant to Section 4.04) shall automatically terminate on the Termination Date (other than to the extent any
funds are on deposit in the Cash Collateral Account in respect of any L/C Backstop, in which case, the Security Interest in such Cash Collateral Account shall continue until released by the relevant Issuing Bank). 

(b) Any Guarantor shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interests created
hereunder in the Collateral of such Guarantor shall be automatically released upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, in connection with the Foreign Subsidiary Reorganization) as a
result of which such Guarantor ceases to be a Loan Party. 
 (c) Upon any sale or other transfer by any
Grantor of any Collateral that is permitted under the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, in connection with the Foreign Subsidiary Reorganization) to any person that is not a Borrower or a Grantor, or, upon the effectiveness of any
written consent to the release of the Security Interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement, the Security Interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released, and the licenses granted by the
Grantors and the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 4.04 shall be automatically terminated. 

(d) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) above, the
Collateral Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to any Grantor, at such Grantor’s expense, all Uniform Commercial Code termination statements and similar documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or
release. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 7.14 shall be without recourse to or representation or warranty by the Collateral Agent (other than any representation and warranty that the Collateral Agent
has the authority to execute and deliver such documents) or any Secured Party. Without limiting the provisions of Section 7.05, the Borrowers shall reimburse the Collateral Agent upon written demand for all reasonable out-of-pocket
costs and expenses, including the fees, charges and expenses of counsel, incurred by it in connection with any action contemplated by this Section 7.14 as provided in Section 9.05 of the Credit Agreement. 

(e) At any time that the respective Grantor desires that the Collateral Agent take any action described in preceding
paragraph (d) above, it shall, upon the reasonable request of the Collateral Agent, deliver to the Collateral Agent an officer’s certificate certifying that the release of the respective Collateral is permitted pursuant to paragraph (a),
(b) or (c). The Collateral Agent shall have no liability whatsoever to any Secured Party as the result of any release of 

  
 28 

 Collateral by it as permitted (or which the Collateral Agent in good faith believes to be
permitted) by this Section 7.14. 
 SECTION 7.15. [RESERVED]. 

SECTION 7.16. Additional Subsidiaries. Pursuant to Section 5.09 of the Credit Agreement, each wholly owned
Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary, an Excluded Subsidiary, or a Domestic Subsidiary that is a disregarded entity for United States federal income tax purposes owned by a non-disregarded non-United States entity) that was not in
existence or not a subsidiary on the Closing Date is required to enter into this Agreement as a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor upon becoming such a subsidiary. Upon execution and delivery by the Collateral Agent and such subsidiary of a
supplement in the form of Exhibit A hereto, such subsidiary shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor herein. The execution
and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Loan Party hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Loan
Party as a party to this Agreement. 
 SECTION 7.17. Security Interest and Obligations
Absolute 
 . Subject to Section 7.14 hereof, all rights of the Collateral Agent
hereunder, the Security Interest, the grant of a security interest in the Pledged Collateral and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the
Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other
term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any other agreement or instrument (so long as the same are made in accordance with the
terms of Section 9.08 of the Credit Agreement), (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee, securing or
guaranteeing all or any of the Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Obligations or this Agreement. 

SECTION 7.18. Effectiveness of Merger. Upon the consummation of the Merger, the Company shall
succeed to all the rights and obligations of Merger Sub under this Agreement, without any further action by any Person. 
 SECTION 7.19. Obligations of the Foreign Subsidiary Borrowers. Notwithstanding anything contained herein or in the other Loan Documents to the contrary, none of the Foreign
Subsidiary Borrowers shall be liable for any Domestic Obligations, and none of the Collateral pledged by any Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall secure any Domestic Obligations. In addition, any insurance proceeds from any Collateral pledged by
any Foreign Subsidiary Borrower shall not be available to secure any Domestic Obligations. 
 [Remainder of page intentionally
left blank] 

  
 29 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as
of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	VWR INVESTORS, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	 Name:

Title:

  

			
	VARIETAL DISTRIBUTION MERGER SUB, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	 Name:

Title:

 CDRV INVESTORS, INC. 
 HEREBY ABSOLUTELY, IRREVOCABLY 
 AND UNCONDITIONALLY ASSUMES ALL 

OBLIGATIONS OF VARIETAL 
 DISTRIBUTION MERGER SUB, INC. 
 UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. 

 

			
	CDRV INVESTORS, INC.
		
	 By:
	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 [SIGNATURE PAGE TO GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT] 

  

			
	VWR INTERNATIONAL, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	VWR MANAGEMENT SERVICES LLC
	
	By: VWR International, Inc.
	Its: Sole Member
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	VWR, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	WARD’S NATURAL SCIENCE ESTABLISHMENT, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
	
	SCIENCE KIT, LLC
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  

			
	BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

 Schedule I to the 

Guarantee and 

Collateral Agreement 
 Subsidiary Guarantors 
  

	1.	 VWR International, Inc. 

  

	2.	 VWR Management Services LLC 

  

	3.	 VWR, Inc. 

  

	4.	 Ward’s Natural Science Establishment, LLC 

  

	5.	 Science Kit, LLC 

 Schedule II to the 

Guarantee and 

Collateral Agreement 
 Equity Interests; Pledged Debt Securities 
 Equity Interests: 

 

			September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	 Issuer
	    	Number of
Certificate	    	 Registered

Owner
	    	 Number and Class

of Equity Interests
	    	Percentage of
Equity Interests
	 CDRV Investors, Inc.1
	    	C-1	    	VWR Investors, Inc.	    	1,000 shares of Common Stock	    	100%
	 CDRV International Holdings, Inc.
	    	C-1	    	CDRV Holdings, Inc.2	    	65 shares of Common Stock	    	65%
	 VWR Management Services LLC
	    	N/A	    	VWR International, Inc.	    	N/A	    	100%
	 VWR Inc.
	    	C-3	    	VWR International, Inc.3	    	100 shares of Common Stock	    	100%
	 Ward’s Natural Science Establishment, LLC
	    	2	    	VWR International, Inc.3	    	membership interest	    	100%
	 Science Kit, LLC
	    	2	    	VWR International, Inc.3	    	membership interest	    	100%
	 VWR International Holdings, Inc.
	    	C-1	    	VWR International, Inc.3	    	65 shares of Common Stock	    	65%

 Pledged Debt Securities: None. 
  

 

	1 	 Upon the effective time of the Merger, this entity will be renamed VWR Funding, Inc. Thus the stock certificate will be registered in the name of
VWR Funding, Inc. as the issuer. 

  

	2 	 Immediately following the effective time of the Merger, this entity will merge with and into CDRV Investment Holdings Corp., which will merge with
and into VWR Funding, Inc. Thus the stock certificate will be registered in the name of VWR Funding, Inc. as the holder. 

  

	3 	 Immediately following the effective time of the Merger, this entity will be converted to a limited liability company and will be renamed VWR
International, LLC. Thus the stock certificate will be registered in the name of VWR International, LLC as the holder. 

 Schedule III to the 

Guarantee and 

Collateral Agreement 
 Intellectual Property 
 U.S. COPYRIGHTS OWNED BY GRANTOR 

U.S. Copyright Registrations 
 None. 
 Pending U.S. Copyright Applications for Registration 

None. 

 PATENTS OWNED BY GRANTORS 

U.S. Patents 
  

			September 30,			September 30,				September 30,	
	 Registered Owner
	    	 Description
	    	Registration
Number	 	    	Issue
Date	 
	 VWR International, Inc.
	    	Method and device for carrying out chromatographic analyses in an automatic and optimized manner	    	 	7,216,039	  	    	 	5/8/2007	  

 U.S. Patent Applications 
 None. 

 TRADEMARKS OWNED BY GRANTORS 

U.S. Trademark Registrations 
  

							
	 Owner
	  	Mark	  	Reg. Date	  	Reg.No.
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	ARISTAR	  	6/30/1970	  	0,893,518
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	ASTROSCAN	  	4/10/1979	  	1,116,330
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	BDH
 

 
	  	4/12/2005	  	2,939,073
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	BOREAL	  	7/19/1977	  	1,069,760
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	BOREAL VIDEOSKOPE	  	10/29/2002	  	2,643,250
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	BOREALENE	  	7/15/1975	  	1,015,568
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	CENCO
 

 
	  	4/5/1949	  	0,442,396
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	CENCO
 

 
	  	1/4/1955	  	0,600,340
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	CENCO	  	4/18/1995	  	1,889,745
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	CHROMSWORD	  	3/26/2002	  	2,552,061
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	CITRI-PURE	  	1/20/1998	  	2,130,432
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	CRITICAL STEP	  	5/13/1997	  	2,061,430
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	CRITICAL SWAB	  	6/12/2001	  	2,459,648
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	CRYOPRO	  	4/15/2003	  	2,707,864
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	DYLASTIR	  	11/11/1969	  	0,880,437
	 RECORDAL IN PROCESS
	  	EZPREP	  	1/8/2006	  	Intl. 830
514
US
3123780

	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	FIRST CLASS SERVICE -
WORLD CLASS PEOPLE	  	4/22/2003	  	2,710,040
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	GURR	  	4/5/1988	  	1,482,886
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	GYRATHERM	  	4/7/1998	  	2,149,452
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	LABTONE
 

 
	  	8/2/1949	  	0,513,198
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	MOLECULAR GLOBE DESIGN
 

 
	  	1/2/2001	  	2,416,894
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	PAK RAK	  	8/27/2002	  	2,611,681
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	REDI-CAP	  	7/2/2002	  	2,588,517
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	REDI-PAK	  	9/17/2002	  	2,621,112

  

			September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	 Owner
	    	Mark	    	Reg. Date	    	Reg.No.
	 VWR International, Inc.
	    	SCHOLAR	    	5/10/2005	    	2,948,761
	 VWR International, Inc.
	    	SCIENTIFICS	    	4/8/1980	    	1,132,780
	 VWR International, Inc.
	    	SK
 

 
	    	8/5/1969	    	0,874,235
	 VWR International, Inc.
	    	SPEC-WIPE	    	6/12/2001	    	2,459,647
	 VWR International, Inc.
	    	TALON	    	9/5/1995	    	1,915,968
	 VWR International, Inc.
	    	TEACHER DEVELOPED
CLASSROOM TESTED 

 
	    	9/26/1995	    	1,921,534
	 VWR International, Inc.
	    	TRACECLEAN	    	2/18/2003	    	2,688,050
	 VWR International, Inc.
	    	VIAL TO VOLUME	    	2/18/2003	    	2,688,292
	 VWR International, Inc.
	    	VWR	    	2/3/1976	    	1,032,578
	 VWR International, Inc.
	    	VWR	    	8/28/1984	    	1,291,565
	 VWR International, Inc.
	    	

 	    	1/25/2005	    	2,921,089
	 VWR International, Inc.
	    	

 	    	2/1/2005	    	2,923,685
	 VWR International, Inc.
	    	

 	    	1/6/2004	    	2,803,120
	 VWR International, Inc.
	    	VWR INTERNATIONAL	    	1/25/2005	    	2,921,088
	 VWR International, Inc.
	    	VWR SCIENTIFIC
 

 
	    	2/27/1979	    	1,114,292
	 VWR International, Inc.
	    	VWR STOCKTRACKER	    	9/12/2006	    	3,142,530
	 VWR International, Inc.
	    	WAVER	    	3/30/1993	    	1,761,192

 U.S. Trademark Applications 

 

							
	 Owner
	  	Mark	  	Filing
Date	  	Application
No.
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	ACROSS THE
CURRICULUM . . .	  	11/30/2005	  	78/763,205
	 VWR International, Inc.
	  	VWR LABSHOP	  	08/30/2005	  	78/691,633

 Schedule IV to the 

Guarantee and 

Collateral Agreement 
 Offices for UCC Filings 
  

			
	 Grantor
	 	 UCC Filing Offices

	 VWR Investors, Inc.
	 	Delaware Secretary of State
	 Varietal Distribution Merger Sub, Inc.
	 	Delaware Secretary of State
	 CDRV Investors, Inc.
	 	Delaware Secretary of State
	 VWR International, Inc.
	 	Delaware Secretary of State
	 VWR Management Services LLC
	 	Delaware Secretary of State
	 VWR, Inc.
	 	Delaware Secretary of State
	 Ward’s Natural Science Establishment, LLC
	 	Delaware Secretary of State
	 Science Kit, LLC
	 	Delaware Secretary of State

 Schedule V to the 

Guarantee and 

Collateral Agreement 
 UCC Information 
  

											
	 Legal Name
	 	 Type of

Entity
	 	 Organizational

Number
	 	 Federal

Taxpayer

Identification
 Number
	 	 State of

Formation
	  	 Mailing

Address

						
	 VWR Investors, Inc.
	 	corporation	 	4356963	 	26-0237871	 	Delaware	  	Three First National Plaza, Suite 3800, Chicago, Illinois 60602
						
	 Varietal Distribution Merger Sub, Inc.
	 	corporation	 	4343080	 	26-0177694	 	Delaware	  	Three First National Plaza, Suite 3800, Chicago, Illinois 60602
						
	 CDRV Investors, Inc.
	 	corporation	 	3756812	 	56-2445503	 	Delaware	  	1310 Goshen Parkway, West Chester, Pennsylvania 19380
						
	 VWR Management Services LLC
	 	limited liability company	 	4033934	 	59-3830720	 	Delaware	  	1310 Goshen Parkway, West Chester, Pennsylvania 19380
						
	 VWR International, Inc.
	 	corporation	 	3769782	 	91-1319190	 	Delaware	  	1310 Goshen Parkway, West Chester, Pennsylvania 19380

  

															
	 Legal Name
	  	 Type of

Entity
	  	Organizational
Number	 	  	Federal
Taxpayer
Identification
Number	 	  	State of
Formation	  	 Mailing

Address

						
	 VWR, Inc.
	  	corporation	  	 	3185375	  	  	 	51-0397263	  	  	Delaware	  	1310 Goshen Parkway, West Chester, Pennsylvania 19380
						
	 Ward’s Natural Science Establishment, LLC
	  	limited liability company	  	 	0746124	  	  	 	16-0971836	  	  	Delaware	  	5100 West Henrietta Road, West Henrietta, New York 14586
						
	 Science Kit, LLC
	  	limited liability company	  	 	4085420	  	  	 	16-0807641	  	  	Delaware	  	777 East Park Drive, Tonawanda, New York 14150

 Exhibit A to the 
 Guarantee and 
 Collateral Agreement 

SUPPLEMENT NO. [•] (this “Supplement”) dated as of [•], to the Guarantee and
Collateral Agreement dated as of June 29, 2007 (the “Guarantee and Collateral Agreement”), among VWR INVESTORS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Intermediate Holdco”), VARIETAL DISTRIBUTION MERGER SUB., INC., a
Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”) to be merged with and into CDRV INVESTORS, INC. (the “Company”), each subsidiary of the Parent Borrower from time to time party thereto (each such subsidiary individually a
“Subsidiary Guarantor” and collectively, the “Subsidiary Guarantors”; the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Borrowers and Intermediate Holdco are referred to collectively herein as the “Grantors”) and BANK
OF AMERICA, N.A., as collateral agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”) for the Secured Parties (as defined therein). 
 A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of June 29, 2007 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit
Agreement”), among the Borrowers, the lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Lenders”), and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent for the Lenders and as Collateral Agent. 

B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in
the Credit Agreement or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement referred to therein, as applicable. 

C. The Grantors have entered into the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make
Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit. Section 7.16 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement provides that certain additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrowers may become Subsidiary Guarantors and Grantors
under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned subsidiary (the “New Subsidiary”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the
requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Subsidiary Guarantor and a Grantor under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the Issuing Banks to issue additional Letters of Credit as
consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued, to induce the Hedge Creditors to enter into and/or maintain Hedging Obligations and to induce the Cash Management Creditors to enter into and/or maintain Cash
Management Obligations with one or more Loan Parties with one or more Loan Parties. 
 Accordingly, the
Collateral Agent and the New Subsidiary agree as follows: 

 SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 7.16 of the Guarantee
and Collateral Agreement, the New Subsidiary by its signature below becomes a Grantor and Subsidiary Guarantor under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and Subsidiary
Guarantor and the New Subsidiary hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor and Subsidiary Guarantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the
representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor and Subsidiary Guarantor thereunder are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date hereof (for this purpose, as though references therein to the Closing Date were to the
date hereof). In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Subsidiary, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Obligations (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), does hereby create and grant to the Collateral
Agent, its successors and permitted assigns, for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, their successors and permitted assigns, a security interest in and lien on all of the New Subsidiary’s right, title and interest in and to the
Collateral (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) of the New Subsidiary. Each reference to a “Grantor” or a “Subsidiary Guarantor” in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be deemed to include the New
Subsidiary. The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference. 
 SECTION
2. The New Subsidiary represents and warrants to the Collateral Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable
against it in accordance with its terms except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws relating to the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles.

 SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different
counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts of this Supplement
that, when taken together, bear the signatures of the New Subsidiary and the Collateral Agent. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile, pdf or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a
manually signed counterpart of this Supplement. 
 SECTION 4. The New Subsidiary hereby represents and
warrants to the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties that as of the date hereof (a) Schedule I attached hereto correctly sets forth (i) any and all Equity Interests and Pledged Debt Securities now owned by the New Subsidiary and
(ii) any and all Intellectual Property now owned by the New Subsidiary and (b) set forth under its signature hereto, is the exact legal name (as such name appears on its certificate or articles of incorporation or formation) of the New
Subsidiary and its jurisdiction of organization. 
 SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. 
 SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE
GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW 

  
 A-2

 YORK (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF). 

SECTION 7. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the
invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid,
illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions. 

SECTION 8. All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted by the Guarantee
and Collateral Agreement) be in writing and given as provided in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the New Subsidiary shall be given to it in care of the Borrowers as provided in Section 9.01
of the Credit Agreement. 
 SECTION 9. The New Subsidiary agrees to reimburse the Collateral Agent for its
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Supplement as provided in Section 9.05 of the Credit Agreement. 

  
 A-3

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Subsidiary and the Collateral Agent have duly
executed this Supplement to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	[NAME OF NEW SUBSIDIARY],
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		 	Address:
		 	Legal Name:
		 	Jurisdiction of Formation:
	
	BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Collateral Agent,
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:
		
	By:	 	  

		 	Name:
		 	Title:

  
 A-4

 Schedule I to the 
 Supplement to Guarantee 
 and Collateral Agreement 

Collateral of the New Subsidiary 
 EQUITY INTERESTS 
  

									
	 Issuer
	  	 Number of
Certificate
	  	 Registered
Owner
	  	 Number and
Class of
Equity
Interest
	  	 Percentage
of
Equity
Interests

 PLEDGED DEBT SECURITIES 

 

							
	 Issuer
	  	 Principal Amount
	  	 Date of Note
	  	 Maturity Date

PLEDGED DEBT SECURITIES 
 [Follow format of Schedule III to the 
 Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.]

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00200-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00200-of-00352.parquet"}]]